On Adoration and Worship in Spirit and Truth, Book 6

Cyril of Alexandria · c. 412–423 · Migne PG 68 (Aubert reprint) · Original English Translation

Cling to God alone; love with whole soul; after courage, foundations§1

1ON ADORATION AND WORSHIP IN SPIRIT AND TRUTH — BOOK SIX. That we must cling to God alone who is God by nature, and love him from whole soul and heart.

Cyril: Concerning the manliness understood in Christ, then, and spiritual good-strength, a sufficient word has been worked out by us, as it seems, Palladius; yet the things upon which these would come to be from our side it is necessary to look around at, as I think, again.

Palladius: You speak well.

Cyril: Come then already, turning the eye of the mind round in a circle, and going unto exact examination

Greek · §1

ΠΕΡΙ ΤΗΣ ΕΝ ΠΝΕΥΜΑΤΙ ΚΑΙ ΑΛΗΘΕΙΑ ΠΡΟΣΚΥΝΗΣΕΩΣ ΚΑΙ ΛΑΤΡΕΙΑΣ ΛΟΓΟΣ ΕΚΤΟΣ. Ὅτι χρὴ Θεῷ τῷ κατὰ φύσιν ἡμᾶς προσκεῖσθαι μόνῳ, καὶ ἀγαπᾷν αὐτὸν ἐξ ὅλης ψυχῆς καὶ καρδίας.

{ΚΥΡ.} Ἀνδρείας μὲν οὖν πέρι τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ νοουμένης, καὶ πνευματικῆς εὐσθενείας ἀποχρῶν, ἡμῖν, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἐκπεποίηται λόγος, ὦ Παλλάδιε· τὰ δὲ ἐφ' οἷς ἂν γένοιτο ταυτὶ πρὸς ἡμῶν, περιαθρεῖν ἀναγκαῖον, καθάπερ ἐγᾦμαι, πάλιν.

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Εὖ λέγεις.

{ΚΥΡ.} Φέρε δὴ οὖν, τῆς διανοίας τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν ἐν κύκλῳ περιελίττοντες, καὶ εἰς ἀκριβῆ κατάσκεψιν

Faith the foundation; first commandment; jealous God§2

2of the things that concern us, let us look well which path going along we shall be bright, and shall bind on ourselves as it were some crown the vote upon all the things praised. Or do I not seem to you to think rightly, having chosen to be curious in these things at least?

Palladius: Altogether so. For I myself also would say that one must be whetted beforehand by the challenge toward manliness, and choose the things through which someone would be bright, and would come straight toward the blameless life.

Cyril: Therefore let us already say that of every house the support is a foundation; and of a temple the keel is a beginning; and of the one who has chosen to set things right, a foundation and beginning of a base would be the knowledge of the truth, and the unadulterated word concerning faith into the one God who is by nature and true: ‘For if you do not believe, you will not even understand,’ says the sacred Letter. And those understanding must not yet be idle of the necessary things, not knowing how to set right. Or would you not say it is necessary toward our being well-approved, the examination upon every thing to be done, if we have made in word the doing rightly what it is necessary to love?

Palladius: I say so.

Cyril: Faith therefore is nurse of understanding. And understanding makes the testing of the things to be done for us. And indeed when the God of all set over those from Israel as it were some pedagogue and wise director—the law through Moses—he laid down beforehand as it were some base and unshaken beginning the knowledge from the one and true Godhead; for he supposed they would not be strong enough to reach the blameless and pure life, or to be rhythm-trained by the introducer of the finest things—the law—and to yield to commandments, unless having taken the faith upon God into mind as a fore-wall they should nobly stand against the pleasures that whet them unto slackness. It was necessary then, necessary, that those of old lay aside beforehand as it were some soul-sickness the polytheist wandering, and be well fixed by the faith into the one God by nature and truly; therefore also first a law shone forth to them: ‘I am the Lord your God, who led you out from Egypt’s land from a house of slavery. There will not be for you other gods besides me. You will not make for yourself an idol, nor likeness of anything as many as are in the heaven above, and in the earth below, and as many as are in the waters under the earth; you will not worship them, nor will you serve them. For I am the Lord your God, a jealous God, paying back fathers’ sins upon children unto a third and fourth generation to those who hate me; and doing mercy unto thousands to those who love me and keep my ordinances.’ For it was necessary, necessary, that those about to make the commandment unmovable be terrified with hard fears; therefore he also names himself a jealous God, and one who lays fathers’ sins upon those from them, if indeed they should choose to live according to those ones, and

Greek · §2

τῶν καθ' ἡμᾶς ἱέντες πραγμάτων, ἀνασκοπῶμεν εὖ μάλα, διὰ ποίας ἰόντες τρίβου, λαμπροί τε ἐσόμεθα, καὶ τὴν ἐφ' ἅπασι τοῖς ἐπαινουμένοις οἷά τινα στέφανον ἀναδησόμεθα ψῆφον. Ἢ οὐ δοκῶ σοι φρονεῖν ὀρθὰ, τὸ ἔν γε τούτοις φιλοκρινεῖν ᾑρημένος;

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Παντάπασι μὲν οὖν. Φαίην γὰρ ἂν καὶ αὐτὸς ἐγὼ προκλήσει τῇ πρὸς ἀνδρίαν προκαταθήγεσθαι δεῖν, ἑλέσθαι τε τὰ δι' ὧν ἄν τις ἔσοιτο λαμπρὸς, καὶ τῆς ἀμωμήτου ζωῆς ἔρχοιτο κατ' εὐθύ.

{ΚΥΡ.} Οὐκοῦν ἤδη λέγωμεν, ὡς ἁπάσης μὲν οἰκίας ἔρεισμα, κρηπίς· νεὼς δὲ τρόπις, ἀρχή· τοῦ δὲ κατορθοῦν ᾑρημένου, θεμέλιος ἂν γένοιτο καὶ ὑποβάθρας ἀρχὴ, τῆς ἀληθείας ἡ γνῶσις, καὶ ὁ περὶ πίστεως τῆς εἰς Θεὸν τὸν ἕνα καὶ φύσει καὶ ἀληθινὸν ἀκιβδήλευτος λόγος· «Ἐὰν γὰρ μὴ πιστεύσητε, οὐδ' οὐ μὴ συνῆτε,» φησὶ τὸ Γράμμα τὸ ἱερόν. Συνιέντας δὲ οὔπω τῶν ἀναγκαίων οὐδὲν ἀπρακτεῖν ἀνάγκη, τὸ κατορθοῦν οὐκ εἰδότας. Ἢ οὐκ ἂν ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι φὴς πρὸς εὐδοκίμησιν ἡμῖν, τὴν ἐπὶ παντὶ τῷ πρακτέῳ διάσκεψιν, εἰ ἐν λόγῳ πεποιήμεθα τὸ δρᾷν ὀρθῶς, ἃ ἐρᾷν ἀναγκαῖον;

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Φημί.

{ΚΥΡ.} Τροφὸς οὖν ἄρα συνέσεως, πίστις. Σύνεσις δὲ, τῶν πρακτέων ἡμῖν ποιεῖται τὴν βάσανον. Καὶ γοῦν ὅτε τοῖς ἐξ Ἰσραὴλ ὁ τῶν ὅλων Θεὸς παιδαγωγὸν ὥσπερ τινὰ, καὶ ἰθυντῆρα σοφὸν, τὸν διὰ Μωσέως ἐπέστησε νόμον, ὑποβάθραν ὥσπερ τινὰ καὶ ἀκατάσειστον ἀρχὴν, τὴν παρὰ τῆς μιᾶς τε καὶ ἀληθοῦς Θεότητος προκατεβάλετο γνῶσιν· μὴ γὰρ ἂν ἰσχύσειν αὐτοὺς ὑπελάμβανε τῆς ἀδιαβλήτου καὶ ἀκραιφνοῦς ἐφικέσθαι ζωῆς, ἤγουν τῷ τῶν καλλίστων εἰσηγητῇ καταρυθμίζεσθαι νόμῳ, καὶ ὑπείκειν ἐντολαῖς, εἰ μὴ καθάπερ προανατείχισμα τὴν ἐπὶ Θεῷ πίστιν ἑλόντες εἰς νοῦν, ἀντιφέροιντο γενναίως ταῖς εἰς ῥᾳθυμίαν αὐτοὺς ἀκονούσαις ἡδοναῖς. Ἔδει δὴ οὖν, ἔδει, καθάπερ τινὰ ψυχικὴν ἀῤῥωστίαν, προαποθέσθαι τοὺς πάλαι τὴν πολύθεον πλάνησιν, πίστει τε τῇ εἰς Θεὸν τὸν ἕνα φύσει καὶ ἀληθῶς ἐρηρεῖσθαι καλῶς· τοιγάρτοι καὶ πρῶτος αὐτοῖς προανέλαμψε νόμος· «Ἐγώ εἰμι Κύριος ὁ Θεός σου, ὅστις ἐξήγαγόν σε ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου ἐξ οἴκου δουλείας. Οὐκ ἔσονταί σοι θεοὶ ἕτεροι πλὴν ἐμοῦ. Οὐ ποιήσεις σεαυτῷ εἴδωλον, οὐδὲ παντὸς ὁμοίωμα ὅσα ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἄνω, καὶ ἐν τῇ γῇ κάτω, καὶ ὅσα ἐν τοῖς ὕδασιν ὑποκάτω τῆς γῆς, οὐ προσκυνήσεις αὐτοῖς, οὐδ' οὐ μὴ λατρεύσῃς αὐτοῖς. Ἐγὼ γάρ εἰμι Κύριος ὁ Θεός σου, ὁ Θεὸς ζηλωτὴς, ἀποδιδοὺς ἁμαρτίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα ἕως τρίτης καὶ τετάρτης γενεᾶς τοῖς μισοῦσί με· καὶ ποιῶν ἔλεος εἰς χιλιάδας τοῖς ἀγαπῶσί με, καὶ φυλάσσουσι τὰ προστάγματά μου.» Ἔδει γὰρ, ἔδει σκληροῖς καταπτοεῖσθαι δείμασι, τοὺς ἀνεξίτητον μέλλοντας ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἐντολήν· τοιγάρτοι καὶ ζηλωτὴν ἑαυτὸν ὀνομάζει Θεὸν, καὶ ἁμαρτίας πατέρων ἐπιτιθέντα τοῖς ἐξ αὐτῶν, εἴ γε κατ' ἐκείνους ἕλοιντο βιοῦν, καὶ προ

Fathers’ sins; vain Name; idols; Trinity without polytheism§3

3to race with ancestral stumblings. For we do not say somewhere that fathers’ sins strike down upon those who have altogether done nothing wrong, although God has cried out expressly: ‘Fathers will not die on behalf of children, nor children on behalf of fathers; each will die in his own sin.’ Yet if those from them should follow the fathers’ judgments, and be zealots of ancestral impiety, the wrath somehow stretches even unto them. And even if somehow from inborn love-of-humanity the God above all should let go the first ones from needing to be punished, yet late he brings upon the second or the third the anger fitting and owed at the beginnings to the profane race. He was therefore frightening them unto needing to fear, naming himself a jealous God; yet he was also confirming them otherwise unto faith, promising to do mercy unto thousands to those who love him. And he was adding to these a neighboring and sister commandment: ‘For you will not take,’ he says, ‘the name of the Lord your God upon a vain thing; for the Lord will not cleanse the one taking his name upon a vain thing.’ Some were doing this, fastening the calling of God upon woods and stones, and unlearnedly bringing down the name above every name unto a handiwork and toil of a human hand. And God said somewhere concerning them through Isaiah’s voice: ‘A craftsman choosing a wood stood it in a measure, and in glue shaped it, and made it as a form of a man, and as beauty of a human to stand it in a house; he cut wood from the thicket which the Lord planted, and rain lengthened it, that it might be for humans unto burning, and taking from it he was warmed, and having burned they baked breads upon them; yet the remainder they worked into gods, and they worship them.’ And after other things: ‘Know that their heart is ash, and they wander.’ These take the Lord’s name upon a vain thing. Yet I think those who have already come to be outside a diabolic snare, and have known the true God, must not kneel unto cold thoughts, nor honor the ignoble in this at least with empty talk, being dragged opposite unto needing to know other gods, or to think that any exist at all beside the one and truly. ‘For even if some are called gods and lords, both in heaven and upon earth, yet for us one God, the Father, from whom are all things and we unto him; and one Lord Jesus Christ, through whom are all things, and we through him; and one Holy Spirit, in whom are all things, and we in him.’ For we least of all contract the nature of the Godhead in a Jewish way unto only the one God and Father, yet widening as it were unto a holy and consubstantial Trinity; and indeed also distinguishing by quality of persons and property of hypostasis, we contract again unto one God, because of the sameness of substance, and we will serve him, we will worship him, calling upon the Father and the Son and the Holy Spirit. ‘For there will not be,’ he says, ‘other gods besides me;’ and again: ‘The Lord your God you will wor

Greek · §3

γονικοῖς ἁμιλλᾶσθαι πταίσμασιν. Οὐ γάρ πού φαμεν, ὡς τοῖς γε ὅλως οὐδὲν πεπλημμεληκόσιν αἱ τῶν πατέρων ἐγκατασκήπτουσιν ἁμαρτίαι, καί τοι διαῤῥήδην ἀνακεκραγότος Θεοῦ· «Οὐκ ἀποθανοῦνται πατέρες ὑπὲρ τέκνων, οὐδὲ τέκνα ὑπὲρ πατέρων, ἕκαστος τῇ ἑαυτοῦ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀποθανεῖται.» Ἀλλ' εἰ ταῖς τῶν πατέρων ἕποιντο γνώμαις οἱ ἐξ αὐτῶν, καὶ προγονικῆς δυσσεβείας ἔσοιντο ζηλωταὶ, παρατείνει που τάχα καὶ εἰς αὐτοὺς ὁ θυμός. Κἂν εἰ γένοιτό πως ἐξ ἐμφύτου φιλανθρωπίας ἀνεῖναι τοῖς πρώτοις τὸν ὑπὲρ πάντα Θεὸν, τὸ κολάζεσθαι δεῖν, ἀλλ' οὖν ὀψὲ τοῖς δευτέροις ἤγουν τοῖς τρίτοις ἐπάγει τὴν ἐν ἀρχαῖς τῷ βεβήλῳ γένει πρέπουσάν τε καὶ ὀφειλομένην ὀργήν. Κατεσόβει τοίνυν εἰς τὸ φοβεῖσθαι δεῖν, ζηλωτὴν ἑαυτὸν ὀνομάζων Θεόν· ἐβεβαίου γε μὴν καὶ ἑτέρως εἰς πίστιν αὐτοὺς, ποιεῖν ἔλεος εἰς χιλιάδας ὑπισχνούμενος τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν. Προσετίθει δὲ τούτοις γείτονά τε καὶ ἀδελφὴν ἐντολήν· «Οὐ γὰρ λήψῃ, φησὶ, τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου τοῦ Θεοῦ σου ἐπὶ ματαίῳ· οὐ γὰρ μὴ καθαρίσῃ Κύριος τὸν λαμβάνοντα τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ ματαίῳ.» Τοῦτό τινες ἔδρων, ξύλοις τε καὶ λίθοις τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ κλῆσιν ἀνάπτοντες, καὶ τὸν ὑπὲρ πᾶν ὄνομα κατακομίζοντες ἀμαθῶς εἰς ἀνθρωπίνης χειρὸς φιλοτέχνημά τε καὶ πόνον. Ἔφη δέ που περὶ αὐτῶν διὰ φωνῆς Ἡσαΐου Θεός· «Ἐκλεξάμενος τέκτων ξύλον, ἔστησεν αὐτὸ ἐν μέτρῳ, καὶ ἐν κόλλῃ ἐῤῥύθμισεν αὐτὸ, καὶ ἐποίησεν αὐτὸ ὡς μορφὴν ἀνδρὸς, καὶ ὡς ὡραιότητα ἀνθρώπου στῆσαι αὐτὸ ἐν οἴκῳ· ἔκοψε ξύλον ἐκ τοῦ δρυμοῦ ὃ ἐφύτευσε Κύριος, καὶ ὑετὸς ἐμήκυνεν, ἵνα ᾖ ἀνθρώποις εἰς καῦσιν, καὶ λαβὼν ἀπ' αὐτοῦ, ἐθερμάνθη, καὶ καύσαντες ἔπεψαν ἄρτους ἐπ' αὐτῶν· τὸ δὲ λοιπὸν εἰργάσαντο εἰς θεοὺς, καὶ προσκυνοῦσιν αὐτοῖς.» Καὶ μεθ' ἕτερα· «Γνῶτε, ὅτι σποδὸς ἡ καρδία αὐτῶν, καὶ πλανῶνται.» Οὗτοι λαμβάνουσι τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου ἐπὶ ματαίῳ. Ἀλλ' οἶμαι δεῖν τοὺς οἵ γε λοιπὸν ἔξω τε πάγης γεγόνασι διαβολικῆς, καὶ Θεὸν ἐγνώκασι τὸν ἀληθινὸν, μὴ εἰς ψυχρὰς ὀκλάζειν ἐννοίας, μήτε μὴν τὸ ἀγεννὲς ἔν γε δὴ τούτῳ τιμᾷν φληνάφως, ἀνθελκομένους εἰς τὸ δεῖν ἑτέρους εἰδέναι θεοὺς, ἤγουν οἴεσθαί τινας ὑπάρχειν ὅλως παρὰ τὸν ἕνα καὶ ἀληθῶς. «Εἰ γὰρ καὶ λέγοιντό τινες θεοὶ καὶ κύριοι, ἔν τε τῷ οὐρανῷ, καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς, ἀλλ' ἡμῖν εἷς Θεὸς, ὁ Πατὴρ, ἐξ οὗ τὰ πάντα καὶ ἡμεῖς εἰς αὐτόν· καὶ εἷς Κύριος Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς, δι' οὗ τὰ πάντα, καὶ ἡμεῖς δι' αὐτοῦ· καὶ ἓν Πνεῦμα ἅγιον, ἐν ᾧ τὰ πάντα, καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐν αὐτῷ.» Ἥκιστα μὲν γὰρ τὴν τῆς θεότητος φύσιν συστελοῦμεν Ἰουδαϊκῶς, εἰς μόνον τὸν ἕνα Θεὸν καὶ Πατέρα, κατευρύνοντες δὲ ὥσπερ εἰς ἁγίαν τε καὶ ὁμοούσιον Τριάδα· καὶ μὴν καὶ προσώπων ποιότητι, καὶ ὑποστάσεως ἰδιότητι διαστέλλοντες, εἰς ἕνα δὴ πάλιν συστελοῦμεν Θεὸν, διὰ τὸ τῆς οὐσίας ταυτὸν, καὶ αὐτῷ λατρεύσομεν, αὐτῷ προσκυνήσομεν, ἐπικαλούμενοι τὸν Πατέρα καὶ τὸν Υἱὸν καὶ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον. «Οὐ γὰρ ἔσονται,» φησὶ, «θεοὶ ἕτεροι πλὴν ἐμοῦ·» καὶ πάλιν· «Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου προσκυ

One God; no limping both ways; no second baptism after apostasy§4

4ship, and him alone you will serve.’ And since there is one God the Father, and one Lord the Son, and one Holy Spirit proceeding, we will neither carry out the one God from true lordship; nor indeed will we send out the one who is truly and by nature Lord from being God; for lordship will altogether follow the Godhead according to nature; and again to lordship according to truth, the glory of the Godhead.

Palladius: Most rightly and most wisely you have spoken.

Cyril: One God therefore, Palladius, we will know, and upon him we will count no one at all, making the unholy and profane double-souledness, as boastful and truly insolent, farthest from our own soul, in order that a sacred word may not also cry out upon us ourselves: ‘How long will you limp upon both hams? either Baal Baal, or God God.’ For we must be seen single-turned, not other-minded and shaken, falling most ready into what is not fitting; as for limping upon both and loving to be tossed, I would say it is of the most godless things. And indeed the ancient law also honors with death the one not secure, for it says: ‘The one sacrificing to gods will be wiped out, except to the Lord alone.’ Therefore to lift oneself against the divine glory, and to distribute the things fitting it and it alone to whomever someone might choose, and to favor with them those not gods by nature, would be a most shameful of sicknesses, or rather an accusation and indictment of the last impiety. It is necessary therefore to have been freed from such things, the one at least who is truly genuine and God-loving, and not only cleansing the heart, but not even so much as to say ever sending through the tongue the idol name. For it has been written that ‘And you will not remember a name of other gods, nor will it be heard from your mouth.’ For what it is shameful to know, it is not without penalty to speak. And having chosen to honor the genuine in faith everywhere, it is fitting to remember blessed Paul writing thus: ‘For it is impossible that those once enlightened, and having tasted a good utterance of God, and powers of a coming age, and having fallen aside, be renewed again unto repentance.’ For those once brought unto partaking of the heavenly and divine grace through the holy baptism, and having received the true and life-giving word concerning resurrection and Christ’s kingdom, if they should choose to run back toward what was at the beginnings, and to run under the first sickness, they will not be renewed toward cleansing through a second baptism; ‘For their unbelief will not abolish God’s faith,’ as divine Paul says. Nor because some have despised going backward the divine grace will we write down the insecure; yet rather the Judge of all will subject to penalties those not declining to slide down unto this impiety, as having trampled the Son of God and counted the blood of the covenant common, and having insulted the Spirit of grace, in whom

Greek · §4

νήσεις, καὶ αὐτῷ μόνῳ λατρεύσεις.» Ἐπειδὴ δὲ εἶς μὲν ἔστι Θεὸς ὁ Πατὴρ, εἶς δὲ Κύριος ὁ Υἱὸς, ἓν δὲ Πνεῦμα ἅγιον ἐκπορευτὸν, οὔτε τὸν ἕνα Θεὸν τῆς ἀληθοῦς κυριότητος ἐξοίσομεν· οὔτε μὴν τὸν ἀληθῶς καὶ φύσει Κύριον, τοῦ εἶναι Θεὸν ἐκπέμψομεν· ἕψεται γὰρ θεότητι μὲν πάντως τῇ κατὰ φύσιν, ἡ κυριότης· κυριότητι δὲ αὖ τῇ κατ' ἀλήθειαν, ἡ τῆς θεότητος δόξα.

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Ὀρθότατά γε καὶ ὅτι μάλιστα σοφῶς ἔφης.

{ΚΥΡ.} Ἕνα δὴ οὖν, Παλλάδιε, Θεὸν εἰσόμεθα, καὶ ἐπ' αὐτῷ τὸ σύμπαν οὐδένα καταλογιούμεθα, τὴν ἀνόσιόν τε καὶ βέβηλον διψυχίαν, ὡς ἀλαζόνα καὶ ὑβρίστριαν ἀληθῶς, ἀπωτάτω ποιούμενοι τῆς ἑαυτῶν ψυχῆς, ἵνα μὴ καὶ ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς ἱερὸς ἐπιφωνῇ λόγος· «Ἕως πότε χωλανεῖτε ἐπ' ἀμφοτέραις ταῖς ἰγνύαις; ἢ Βάαλ Βάαλ, ἢ Θεῷ Θεῷ.» Μονοτρόπους γὰρ ἡμᾶς, οὐχ ἑτερόφρονας καὶ σεσαλευμένους, εἰς ἃ μὴ προσῆκεν ἑτοιμότατα μεταπίπτοντας ὁρᾶσθαι δεήσει· ὡς τό τοι χωλεύειν ἐπ' ἄμφω καὶ καταδονεῖσθαι φιλεῖν, φαίην ἂν ἔγωγε τῶν ὅτι μάλιστα δυσαθεωτάτων. Καὶ γοῦν καὶ ὁ πάλαι νόμος θανάτῳ τιμᾶται τὸν οὐκ ἀσφαλῆ, φησὶ γάρ· «Ὁ θυσιάζων θεοῖς ἐξολοθρευθήσεται, πλὴν Κυρίῳ μόνῳ.» Τοιγάρτοι τῆς θείας κατεπαίρεσθαι δόξης, καὶ τὰ αὐτῇ καὶ μόνῃ διανέμειν πρέποντα, ἐπιχειρεῖν οἷς ἂν ἕλοιτό τις, καὶ τοῖς μὴ φύσει χαρίζεσθαι θεοῖς, νοσημάτων αἴσχιστον, μᾶλλον δὲ δυσσεβείας ἂν γένοιτο τῆς ἐσχάτης ἔγκλημα καὶ γραφή. Ἀπηλλάχθαι δὴ οὖν τῶν τοιούτων ἀνάγκη, τόν γε ὡς ἀληθῶς γνήσιον καὶ θεοφιλῆ, καὶ οὐχὶ δὴ μόνον ἀποκαθαίροντα τὴν καρδίαν, ἀλλὰ μηδ' ὅσον εἰπεῖν διὰ γλώσσης ἱέντα ποτὲ τὸ εἴδωλον ὄνομα. Γέγραπται γὰρ, ὅτι «Καὶ ὄνομα θεῶν ἑτέρων οὐκ ἀναμνησθήσεσθε, οὐδ' οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος ὑμῶν.» Ἃ γὰρ αἰσχρὸν εἰδέναι, λαλεῖν οὐκ ἀζήμιον. Πανταχῆ δὲ τὸ ἐν πίστει γνήσιον τιμᾷν ᾑρημένους, διαμεμνῆσθαι προσήκει τοῦ μακαρίου Παύλου γράφοντος ὧδε· «Ἀδύνατον γὰρ τοὺς ἅπαξ πεφωτισμένους, καὶ καλὸν γευσαμένους Θεοῦ ῥῆμα, δυνάμεις τε μέλλοντος αἰῶνος, καὶ παραπεσόντας, πάλιν ἀνακαινίζειν εἰς μετάνοιαν.» Οἱ γὰρ ἅπαξ εἰς μετάληψιν τῆς οὐρανίου καὶ θείας ἐνηνεγμένοι χάριτος, διά γε τοῦ ἁγίου βαπτίσματος, ἀναστάσεώς τε πέρι, καὶ τῆς τοῦ Χριστοῦ βασιλείας τὸν ἀληθῆ καὶ ζωοποιὸν παραδεξάμενοι λόγον, εἰ παλινδρομεῖν ἕλοιντο πρὸς τὸ ἐν ἀρχαῖς, καὶ νόσον ὑποδραμεῖν τὴν πρώτην, οὐκ ἀνακαινισθήσονται πρὸς καθαρισμὸν διὰ δευτέρου βαπτίσματος· «Οὐ γὰρ ἡ αὐτῶν ἀπιστία τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταργήσει,» καθά φησιν ὁ θεσπέσιος Παῦλος. Οὐδὲ ἐπείπερ καταπεφρονήκασί τινες ἀνόπιν ἰόντες τῆς θείας χάριτος, τὸ ἀβέβαιον καταγράψομεν· ποιναῖς δὲ μᾶλλον ὁ τῶν ὅλων ὑποθήσει κριτὴς τοὺς εἰς τοῦτο κατολισθεῖν δυσσεβείας οὐ παραιτουμένους, ὡς τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταπατῆσαι καὶ τὸ αἷμα τῆς διαθήκης κοινὸν ἡγήσασθαι, καὶ τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς χάριτος ἐνυβρίσαι, ἐν ᾧ

Destroy idols after Jordan; bless bread/wine/water as mysteries§5

5they were sanctified, and have become sharers of the divine nature. For just as a soldier who has thrown away the shield and fled the war must not be honored with second sealings, but already be punished, and pay accounts of unmanliness; in the same manner, I think, those so insulting a reverend and admirable grace must not be honored with a second gift of the Spirit, the first having been set aside, but already it is fitting they lie under penalties. For that those once enlightened must come unto this judgment and steadiness of reasonings—to know one God by nature, and to abominate those introducing something other beside this, and to make finest of desires the leaping upon idols, and shaking down temples, and counting the Greeks’ worships nothing—an ancient word will also teach us. For it has been written in Numbers: ‘And the Lord spoke toward Moses on the west of Moab beside the Jordan opposite Jericho, saying: Speak to the sons of Israel, and you will say toward them: You are crossing the Jordan into Canaan’s land, and you will destroy all who dwell in the land before your face. And you will lift out their lookouts, and all their cast idols you will destroy them, and all their steles you will lift out.’ You understand that those who have passed the Jordan must make altars and precincts from the midst, and pry up without care the idols themselves and steles? as for allotting sparing perhaps to such evils, it would become a clear indication of not having been fixed well, nor dedicating the heart unaccused to God, although he says clearly concerning the godless and evil: ‘You will not worship their gods, nor will you serve according to their works, but with a taking-down you will take down, and crushing you will crush their steles, and you will serve the Lord your God, and I will bless your bread, and your wine, and your water; and I will turn weakness away from you; there will not be barren, nor sterile upon your land; I will fill up the number of your days.’ For it is not unclear that for those very well fixed and from a healthy mind clinging to the God of all, and having practiced to make a clear demonstration of the matter—the shaking down of altars and steles, and playthings of humans corrupted in mind—it will be a procurer of divine gifts.

Palladius: True.

Cyril: For if indeed you should take down the hand-made things, he says, and should serve God, having hated the customs beside those ones, ‘I will bless your bread, and your wine, and your water.’ The word is mystical and deep; for for those genuine toward God, the partaking of Christ’s mysteries will be unto spiritual blessing, and the grace through the holy baptism. Yet for those still double-souled, moved unto apostasy, wrath and condemnation; and what of the terrible things is the sharing of the spiritual blessing not? and this,

Greek · §5

ἡγιάσθησαν, καὶ γεγόνασι τῆς θείας φύσεως κοινωνοί. Ὥσπερ γὰρ στρατιώτην τὸν ῥιψάσπιδά τε καὶ φυγοπόλεμον, οὐ δευτέροις τιμᾶσθαι σημάντροις, ἀλλ' ἤδη κολάζεσθαι χρὴ, καὶ τῆς ἀνανδρείας ἀποτιννύναι λόγους· τὸν αὐτὸν, οἶμαι, προσήκει τρόπον, τοὺς οὕτω σεπτήν τε καὶ ἀξιάγαστον περιυβρίζοντας χάριν, οὐ τοῦ δευτέρου τιμᾶσθαι Πνεύματος δόσει, τῆς πρώτης ἀθετουμένης, ἀλλ' ἤδη ποιναῖς ὑποκεῖσθαι πρέπει. Ὅτι γὰρ τοὺς ἅπαξ πεφωτισμένους εἰς τοῦτο ἰέναι προσήκει γνώμης, καὶ ἑδραιότητος λογισμῶν, ὡς εἰδέναι μὲν ἕνα τὸν φύσει Θεὸν, καταμυσάττεσθαι δὲ τοὺς ἕτερόν τι παρὰ τοῦτο εἰσηγουμένους, καὶ ἐπιθυμημάτων ποιεῖσθαι κάλλιστον, τὸ ἐπιθρώσκειν εἰδώλοις, καὶ κατασείειν ναοὺς, καὶ οὐδὲν ἡγεῖσθαι τὰ Ἑλλήνων σεβάσματα, καὶ ἀρχαῖος ἡμᾶς διδάξει λόγος. Γέγραπται γὰρ ἐν τοῖς Ἀριθμοῖς· «Καὶ ἐλάλησε Κύριος πρὸς Μωσῆν ἐπὶ δυσμῶν Μωὰβ παρὰ τὸν Ἰορδάνην κατὰ Ἱεριχὼ, λέγων· Λάλησον τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ ἐρεῖς πρὸς αὐτούς· Ὑμεῖς διαβαίνετε τὸν Ἰορδάνην εἰς γῆν Χαναὰν, καὶ ἀπολεῖτε πάντας τοὺς κατοικοῦντας ἐν τῇ γῇ πρὸ προσώπου ὑμῶν. Καὶ ἐξαρεῖτε τὰς σκοπιὰς αὐτῶν, καὶ πάντα τὰ εἴδωλα τὰ χωνευτὰ αὐτῶν ἀπολεῖτε αὐτὰ, καὶ πάσας τὰς στήλας αὐτῶν ἐξαρεῖτε.» Συνίης ὅτι τοὺς παρελθόντας τὸν Ἰορδάνην, ἐκ μέσου ποιεῖσθαι χρὴ βωμοὺς καὶ τεμένη, καὶ αὐτοῖς εἰδώλοις καὶ στήλαις ἀναμοχλεύειν ἀμελητί; ὡς τό γε φειδὼ τοῖς τοιούτοις τυχὸν ἀπονέμειν κακοῖς μήνυσις ἂν γένοιτο σαφὴς, τοῦ μὴ ἐρηρεῖσθαι καλῶς, μήτε μὴν ἀκαταιτίατον τῷ Θεῷ τὴν καρδίαν ἀφιεροῦν, καίτοι λέγοντι σαφῶς περὶ τῶν ἀθέων καὶ πονηρῶν· «Οὐ προσκυνήσεις τοῖς θεοῖς αὐτῶν, οὐδ' οὐ μὴ λατρεύσῃς κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν, ἀλλὰ καθαιρέσει καθελεῖς, καὶ συντρίβων συντρίψεις τὰς στήλας αὐτῶν, καὶ λατρεύσεις Κυρίῳ τῷ Θεῷ σου, καὶ εὐλογήσω τὸν ἄρτον σου, καὶ τὸν οἶνόν σου, καὶ τὸ ὕδωρ σου· καὶ ἀποστρέψω μαλακίαν ἀφ' ὑμῶν· οὐκ ἔσται ἄγονος, οὐδὲ στεῖρα ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς σου, τὸν ἀριθμὸν τῶν ἡμερῶν σου ἀναπληρώσω.» Ἔστι γὰρ οὐκ ἀσυμφανὲς, ὡς τοῖς ἄγαν ἐρηρεισμένοις καὶ ἐξ ὑγιοῦς διανοίας τῷ τῶν ὅλων Θεῷ προσκειμένοις, ἀπόδειξίν τε τοῦ πράγματος ἐναργῆ ποιεῖσθαι μεμελετηκόσι, τὸ κατασείειν βωμούς τε καὶ στήλας, καὶ ἀνθρώπων ἀθύρματα παρεφθαρμένων τὸν νοῦν, θείων ἔσται χαρισμάτων πρόξενον.

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Ἀληθές.

{ΚΥΡ.} Εἰ γὰρ δὴ καθέλῃς τὰ χειροποιητὰ, φησὶ λατρεύσειάς τε Θεῷ, τὰ παρ' ἐκείνοις ἔθη μεμισηκὼς, «Εὐλογήσω τὸν ἄρτον σου, καὶ τὸν οἶνόν σου. καὶ τὸ ὕδωρ σου.» Μυστικὸς ὁ λόγος καὶ βαθύς· τοῖς γὰρ Θεῷ γνησίοις, πρὸς εὐλογίας ἔσται πνευματικῆς, τῶν τοῦ Χριστοῦ μυστηρίων ἡ μέθεξις, καὶ ἡ διὰ τοῦ ἁγίου βαπτίσματος χάρις. Τοῖς γε μὴν διψυχοῦσιν ἔτι, κεκινημένοις εἰς ἀπόστασιν, ὀργὴ καὶ κατάκριμα· καὶ τί γὰρ οὐχὶ τῶν δεινῶν, τὸ μεταλαχεῖν ἐστι τῆς εὐλογίας τῆς πνευματικῆς; καὶ τοῦτο,

Worthy Eucharist; smash high places; do not copy nations’ rites§6

6I think, is what wise Paul also said, that ‘The one eating and drinking the body and blood of Christ unworthily eats and drinks judgment to himself, not discerning the Lord’s body. Yet let a human test himself,’ he says, ‘and then eat from the bread, and drink from the cup;’ The partaking of the holy mysteries will therefore be unto blessing, he says, for those at least who are truly most God-loving. And they will be freed from softening—that is, from being ready to be sick with what is by nature unjust, and carrying off unto unmanliness; yet neither will there be barren among them, he says, nor sterile. For every God-loving and holy soul is most fertile, and leafy with holy fruits—I mean again the boasts from virtue.

Palladius: So it is.

Cyril: And not allowing to have the heart easy to shake, he skillfully turns us toward needing to choose what stands firm unto faith, and securely unto piety; for sometimes educating by fitting reasonings unto the better, he commands to be eager away from—or rather to turn away altogether, as procurer of ruin—the sacrificing to idols or worshiping, showing such a sickness full of the last slander, or rather of the highest impiety; and sometimes also setting fear—I mean that of being punished—as it were some pedagogue and noble guard for us, he turns us from every side unto what pleases him. And indeed in Deuteronomy blessed Moses says: ‘And these are the ordinances and the judgments which you will keep to do upon the land which the Lord the God of your fathers gives you in a lot all the days which you live upon the earth. With destruction you will destroy all the places in which the nations served their gods there, whom you inherit, upon the high mountains, and upon the dunes, and under a leafy tree. And you will dig down their altars, and smash their steles, and cut out their groves, and the carved things of their gods you will burn with fire, and you will destroy their name from that place.’ The wise and select of Greeks, and poets especially, name some mountain-nymphs and tree-nymphs, or demons. And there are those who having chosen to honor the gods beside themselves with the heights according to place, setting altars on mountains, were eager to sacrifice oxen, and having settled around the more well-grown of the trees groves and images of demons, were using sheep-slaughters. Yet it was necessary that those come to be under God who is according to truth and by nature, dreading nothing, shake down the playthings of the wanderers, and go as far as possible from the customs beside those ones. Therefore he says again: ‘And if the Lord your God should wipe out the nations unto whom you go there to inherit their land, from your face, and you should inherit them, and settle in their land, take heed to yourself, lest you seek to follow along with them after they have been wiped out from your face; you will not seek their gods, saying, How do these nations do to their

Greek · §6

οἶμαι, ἔστιν, ὃ καὶ ὁ σοφὸς ἔφη Παῦλος, ὅτι «Ὁ ἐσθίων καὶ πίνων τὸ σῶμα καὶ αἷμα τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἀναξίως, κατάκριμα ἑαυτῷ ἐσθίει καὶ πίει, μὴ διακρίνων τὸ σῶμα Κυρίου. Δοκιμαζέτω δὲ,» φησὶν, «ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἑαυτὸν, καὶ τότε ἐκ τοῦ ἄρτου ἐσθιέτω, καὶ ἐκ τοῦ ποτηρίου πινέτω·» Ἔσται τοίνυν πρὸς εὐλογίας, φησὶ, τῶν ἁγίων μυστηρίων ἡ μέθεξις, τοῖς γε ὡς ἀληθῶς φιλοθεωτάτοις. Καὶ ἀπαλλαγήσονται δὲ μαλακισμοῦ, τουτέστι, τοῦ νοσεῖν ἑτοίμως τὸ ἀδικεῖν πεφυκὸς, καὶ ἀποκομίζον εἰς ἀνανδρίαν· ἀλλ' οὐδὲ ἄγονος ἔσται, φησὶν, ἐν αὐτοῖς, οὐδὲ στεῖρα. Γονιμωτάτη γὰρ πᾶσα θεοφιλὴς καὶ ὁσία ψυχὴ, καὶ καρποῖς ἁγίοις κατάκομος, φημὶ δὲ δὴ πάλιν, τοῖς ἐξ ἀρετῆς αὐχήμασιν.

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Ὧδε ἔχει.

{ΚΥΡ.} Εὐκατάσειστον δὲ τὴν καρδίαν ἔχειν οὐκ ἐῶν, εὐμηχανῶς ἐπιτρέπει πρὸς τὸ δεῖν ἑλέσθαι τὸ βεβηκὸς εἰς πίστιν, καὶ εἰς εὐσέβειαν ἀσφαλές· ποτὲ μὲν γὰρ λογισμοῖς τοῖς καθήκουσιν μεταπαιδεύων ἐπὶ τὸ ἄμεινον, ἀποσπουδάζειν κελεύει, μᾶλλον δὲ ἀποστρέφεσθαι παντελῶς, ὡς ὀλέθρου πρόξενον, τὸ θύειν εἰδώλοις ἢ προσκυνεῖν, διαβολῆς τῆς ἐσχάτης, μᾶλλον δὲ δυσσεβείας τῆς ἀνωτάτω δεικνὺς ἀνάπλεων τὴν τοιάνδε νόσον· ποτὲ δὲ καὶ φόβον, τὸν τοῦ κολάζεσθαι λέγω, παιδαγωγὸν ὥσπερ τινὰ καὶ γενναῖον ἡμῖν ἐπιστήσας φύλακα, περιτρέπει πανταχόθεν ἐπὶ τὸ ἀρέσκον αὐτῷ. Καὶ γοῦν ἐν τῷ Δευτερονομίῳ φησὶν ὁ μακάριος Μωσῆς· «Καὶ ταῦτα τὰ προστάγματα καὶ τὰ κρίματα, ἃ φυλάξεσθε τοῦ ποιῆσαι ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἣν Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν δίδωσιν ὑμῖν ἐν κλήρῳ πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας, ἃς ὑμεῖς ζῆτε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. Ἀπωλείᾳ ἀπολεῖτε πάντας τοὺς τόπους, ἐν οἷς ἐλάτρευσαν ἐκεῖ τὰ ἔθνη τοῖς θεοῖς αὐτῶν, οὓς ὑμεῖς κληρονομεῖτε αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τῶν ὀρέων τῶν ὑψηλῶν, καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν θινῶν, καὶ ὑποκάτω δένδρου δασέος. Καὶ κατασκάψετε τοὺς βωμοὺς αὐτῶν, καὶ συντρίψετε τὰς στήλας αὐτῶν, καὶ τὰ ἄλση αὐτῶν ἐκκόψετε, καὶ τὰ γλυπτὰ τῶν θεῶν αὐτῶν κατακαύσετε πυρὶ, καὶ ἀπολεῖτε τὸ ὄνομα αὐτῶν ἐκ τοῦ τόπου ἐκείνου.» Οἱ μὲν Ἑλλήνων σοφοὶ καὶ λογάδες, ποιηταὶ δὲ μάλιστα, ὀρειάδας τινὰς καὶ ἁμαδρυάδας ὀνομάζουσι νύμφας, ἤτοι δαίμονας. Εἰσὶ δὲ οἳ καὶ τοῖς κατὰ τόπον ὑψώμασι τοὺς παρὰ σφίσι τιμᾷν ᾑρημένοι θεοὺς, βωμοὺς ἱστάντες ἐν ὄρεσι, βουθυτεῖν ἐσπούδαζον, καὶ τοῖς τῶν δένδρων εὐφυεστέροις περιιδρύσαντες ἕλη καὶ δαιμονίων ἰνδάλματα, μηλοσφαγίαις ἐκέχρηντο. Ἀλλ' ἦν ἀναγκαῖον κατοῤῥωδοῦντας οὐδὲν τοὺς ὑπὸ Θεῷ γεγονότας τῷ κατ' ἀλήθειάν τε καὶ φύσει, τὰ τῶν πλανωμένων κατασείειν ἀθύρματα, καὶ τῶν παρ' ἐκείνοις ἐθῶν ὡς ἀπωτάτω χωρεῖν. Τοιγάρτοι φησὶ πάλιν· «Ἐὰν δὲ ἐξολοθρεύσῃ Κύριος ὁ Θεός σου τὰ ἔθνη, εἰς οὓς σὺ πορεύσῃ ἐκεῖ τοῦ κληρονομῆσαι τὴν γῆν αὐτῶν, ἀπὸ προσώπου σου, καὶ κατακληρονομήσῃς αὐτοὺς, καὶ κατοικήσῃς ἐν τῇ γῇ αὐτῶν, πρόσεχε σαυτῷ, μὴ ἐκζητήσῃς ἐπακολουθῆσαι αὐτοῖς μετὰ τὸ ἐξολοθρευθῆναι αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ προσώπου σου, οὐ μὴ ἐκζητήσῃς τοὺς θεοὺς αὐτῶν, λέγων, Πῶς ποιοῦσι τὰ ἔθνη ταῦτα τοῖς

No child-sacrifice; false prophet dies; God tests love§7

7gods, I will also do; you will not do thus to the Lord your God; for the abominations which the Lord hated they did to their gods, because they also burn their sons and their daughters in fire to their gods.’ Well does the lawgiver forbid altogether the imitation of the wanderers, and very well commands to stand off from the merciless slaughter of children. And he convicts as destroyers and ruiners of humanity the blood-loving and falsely-named gods, who even savagely dishonor the laws of necessary affection, for the sake of what seems good to them; ‘For God created the all unto being, and the generations of the world are saving, and there is not a kingdom of Hades upon earth. Yet by envy of a devil death entered into the world.’ And the divine will overturns death, and dissolves corruption; and hates that the things that are should not be; for he created the all unto being, according as it has been written. Yet those netted unto wandering by the demons’ greediness bring forward to Satan as it were seasonings, and of the most useful and sweet-smelling incense, the destruction of those come to be unto life, and the death of those created unto being. Most skillfully therefore he wished to show that the customs beside those ones are full of the last slander, and nature being wronged, and the ordinances of much-prayed-for love-of-children being trampled, very well hustling the noble and evil-hating mind of the hearers unto needing to honor and choose swiftly whatever he himself would wish and say. And these things were legislated of old unto overturning of the unholiness beside those ones. Yet he also defines death for the one wishing to persuade away the one who has been fixed, and who has received in a God-loving way the knowledge of the truth. For he said thus again: ‘And if a prophet should rise among you or a dreamer of a dream, and should give you a sign or wonder, and the sign or the wonder should come which he spoke toward you, saying: Let us go and serve other gods whom you have not known, you will not hear the words of that prophet or of that dreamer of that dream, because the Lord your God is testing you to know whether you love your God from your whole heart, and from your whole soul; behind the Lord your God you will go, and him you will fear, and his commandments you will keep, and his voice you will hear, and him you will serve, and to him you will be added. And that prophet or that dreamer of the dream will die; for he spoke to make you wander away from the Lord your God.’ How holy and fitting to God the law! For if indeed for murderers of bodies death must follow altogether and in every way according to laws, how would the one bringing the ruinous wandering upon a soul, and casting the better than body into pits of destruction, according to the Savior’s own voice, not reasonably be in danger? That the deceiver and buffoon must have the justice upon blood done, God judged right;

Greek · §7

θεοῖς αὐτῶν, ποιήσω καὶ ἐγώ· οὐ ποιήσῃς οὕτω Κυρίῳ τῷ Θεῷ σου· τὰ γὰρ βδελύγματα, ἃ Κύριος ἐμίσησεν, ἐποίησαν τοῖς θεοῖς αὐτῶν, ὅτι καὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς αὐτῶν καὶ τὰς θυγατέρας αὐτῶν κατακαίουσιν ἐν πυρὶ τοῖς θεοῖς αὐτῶν.» Εὖ γε ὁ νομοθέτης ἀποφάσκει παντελῶς τῶν πλανωμένων τὴν μίμησιν, καὶ ἀποφοιτᾷν εὖ μάλα κελεύει τῆς ἀνηλεοῦς τῶν τέκνων σφαγῆς. Φθόρους δὲ καὶ λυμεῶνας τῆς ἀνθρωπότητος τοὺς φιλαιμάτους τε καὶ ψευδωνύμους ἐλέγχει θεοὺς, καὶ αὐτοὺς ἀγρίως τοὺς τῆς ἀναγκαίας φιλοστοργίας ἀτιμάζοντας νόμους, διά γε τὸ σφίσι δοκοῦν· «Ἔκτισε μὲν γὰρ εἰς τὸ εἶναι τὰ πάντα Θεὸς, καὶ σωτήριοι αἱ γενέσεις τοῦ κόσμου, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ᾅδου βασίλειον ἐπὶ γῆς. Φθόνῳ δὲ διαβόλου θάνατος εἰς τὸν κόσμον εἰσῆλθεν.» Καὶ ἡ μὲν θεία θέλησις ἀνατρέπει θάνατον, καὶ καταλύει φθοράν· καὶ τὸ οὐκ εἶναι τὰ ὄντα, μισεῖ· ἔκτισε γὰρ εἰς τὸ εἶναι τὰ πάντα, καθὰ γέγραπται. Οἱ δὲ ταῖς τῶν δαιμονίων πλεονεξίαις σεσαγηνευμένοι πρὸς πλάνησιν, καθάπερ ἡδύσματα, καὶ τῶν ὅτι μάλιστα χρηστῶν καὶ εὐοσμοτάτων θυμιαμάτων, προσκομίζουσι τῷ Σατανᾷ τῶν ἐπὶ ζωῇ γεγονότων τὸν ὄλεθρον, καὶ τῶν ἐκτισμένων εἰς τὸ εἶναι, τὸν θάνατον. Εὐφυέστατα τοίνυν, τῆς ἐσχάτης δεῖξαι διαβολῆς τὰ παρ' ἐκείνοις ἔμπλεω ἠβουλήθη καὶ φύσιν ἀδικουμένην, καὶ τῆς πολυεύκτου φιλοπαιδίας πεπατημένους θεσμοὺς, μετασοβῶν εὖ μάλα τὸν εὐγενῆ καὶ μισόκακον νοῦν τῶν ἀκροωμένων ἐπὶ τὸ χρῆναι τιμᾷν καὶ ἀνθελέσθαι γοργῶς ἅπερ ἂν αὐτὸς βούλοιτό τε καὶ λέγοι. Καὶ ταυτὶ μὲν, εἰς ἀνατροπὴν τῆς παρ' ἐκείνοις ἀνοσιότητος ἐνομοθετεῖτο πάλαι. Καθορίζει δὲ θάνατον τοῦ μεταπείθειν ἐθέλοντος τὸν ἐρηρεισμένον, καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας τὴν γνῶσιν φιλοθέως εἰσδεδεγμένον. Ἔφη γὰρ οὕτω πάλιν· «Ἐὰν δὲ ἀναστῇ ἐν σοὶ προφήτης ἢ ἐνυπνιαζόμενος τὸ ἐνύπνιον, καὶ δῷ σοι σημεῖον ἢ τέρας, καὶ ἔλθῃ τὸ σημεῖον ἢ τὸ τέρας, ὃ ἐλάλησε πρὸς σὲ, λέγων· Πορευθῶμεν καὶ λατρεύσωμεν θεοῖς ἑτέροις οὓς οὐκ οἴδατε, οὐκ ἀκούσεσθε τῶν λόγων τοῦ προφήτου ἐκείνου ἢ τοῦ ἐνυπνιαζομένου τὸ ἐνύπνιον ἐκεῖνο, ὅτι πειράζει Κύριος ὁ Θεός σου ὑμᾶς τοῦ εἰδέναι, εἰ ἀγαπᾶτε τὸν Θεὸν ὑμῶν ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας ὑμῶν, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς ὑμῶν· ὀπίσω Κυρίου τοῦ Θεοῦ ὑμῶν πορεύσεσθε, καὶ τοῦτον φοβηθήσεσθε, καὶ τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ φυλάξεσθε, καὶ τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούσεσθε, καὶ αὐτῷ δουλεύσετε, καὶ αὐτῷ προστεθήσεσθε. Καὶ ὁ προφήτης ἐκεῖνος ἢ ὁ τὸ ἐνύπνιον ἐνυπνιαζόμενος ἐκεῖνος, ἀποθανεῖται· ἐλάλησε γὰρ ἀποπλανῆσαί σε ἀπὸ Κυρίου τοῦ Θεοῦ σου.» Ὡς ὅσιός τε καὶ Θεῷ πρέπων ὁ νόμος! Εἰ γάρ τοι τοῖς τῶν σωμάτων φονευταῖς πάντη τε καὶ πάντως τὸ ἐκτεθνάναι δεῖν ἕψεται κατὰ νόμους, πῶς ἂν οὐχὶ κινδυνεύσειεν εἰκότως ὁ ψυχῇ τὴν ὀλέθριον ἐπιφέρων πλάνησιν, καὶ βόθροις τῆς ἀπωλείας ἐνιεὶς τὴν ἀμείνω σώματος, κατὰ τὴν αὐτοῦ τοῦ Σωτῆρος φωνήν; Χρῆναι μὲν δὴ τὴν ἐφ' αἵματι πράττεσθαι δίκην, τὸν ἀπατεῶνα καὶ βωμολόχον, ἐδικαίου Θεός·

Death for apostasy; love God above kin; broken cisterns§8

8and he votes the equal penalty also upon the easily-carried and light mind of those subjected to such things. For when it was possible easily to flee, he says, waking up toward the true, for what did he make the voluntary running-off unto what wrongs? ‘And if there should be found among you in one of your cities which the Lord your God gives you, a man or woman who will do the evil opposite the Lord your God, to pass by his covenant, and going away they should serve other gods, and worship them—the sun or the moon, or any of those from the cosmos of the heaven, which he did not command you—and it was not announced to you, and you will seek very much, and behold the word has become true, this abomination has come to be in Israel; and you will lead out that human, or that woman, who did this evil deed, and you will stone them with stones, and they will die; upon two witnesses or upon three witnesses the one dying will die; he will not die upon one witness; and the hand of the witnesses will be upon him first to put him to death, and the hand of all the people at the last; and you will lift out the evil from yourselves;’ For when God has been wronged concerning his own worship, to pity is not secure. And altogether harmful is not to be soft at the right time toward unmanly mutual-affections; and this, I think, is what the Lord said: ‘The one loving father or mother above me is not worthy of me.’ For let even then a law of affection go away, and let a power of natural love depart, and every thing whatever of the things coming unto love-of-humanity, and that we may speak thus, let God be served through a pious hardness. Or do you not say it is holy that those having unexcused the apostasy must be punished without pity, as grieving the glory beyond all, and not declining to insult without guard him whom it was somehow better to gladden with eagernesses unto steadfastness?

Palladius: Holy—for how not?

Cyril: And I will remember him saying through to those more ancient: ‘What wrong did your fathers find in me, that they stood away from me far, and went behind the vain things, and were made vain?’ And as it were astonished at the undiluted unlearnings of those from Israel, he says somehow thus: ‘Heaven was astonished upon this, and the earth shuddered still more very much, says the Lord; because my people did two evil things. Me they left—a spring of living water—and they dug for themselves crushed cisterns, which will not be able to hold water.’ For I would think, and very reasonably, that those standing off from the worship unto God, serving the creation beside the Creator and Maker, or still leaping down toward a more shameful wandering, worshiping the works of their own hands, miss every good-counsel; although it was easy, if indeed they should choose to think rightly, to look down upon the beauty of the nature above all and unspeakable from the creation of a world, and from the good-order of the things come to be to understand the orderer and leader and craftsman of this all. Yet having spat upon the so reverend and admirable judgment, some of the

Greek · §8

ποινὴν δὲ τὴν ἴσην καταψηφίζεται καὶ τὸν εὐπαράφορόν τε καὶ ἐλαφρὸν ὑποτεθεικότων τοῖς τοιοῖσδε νοῦν. Ἐξὸν γὰρ εὐκόλως διαδράναι, φησὶν, ἀνανήφοντα πρὸς τὸ ἀληθὲς, ἐθελούσιον ἀνθ' ὅτου τὴν εἴς γε τὸ ἀδικοῦν ἀποδρομὴν ἐποιήσατο; «Ἐὰν δὲ εὑρεθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἐν μιᾷ τῶν πόλεών σου, ὧν Κύριος ὁ Θεός σου δίδωσί σοι, ἀνὴρ ἢ γυνὴ, ὅστις ποιήσει τὸ πονηρὸν ἐναντίον Κυρίου τοῦ Θεοῦ σου, παρελθεῖν τὴν διαθήκην αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀπελθόντες λατρεύσωσι θεοῖς ἑτέροις, καὶ προσκυνήσωσιν αὐτοῖς, τῷ ἡλίῳ ἢ τῇ σελήνῃ, ἢ παντὶ τῶν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, ἃ οὐ προσέταξέ σοι, καὶ οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη σοι, καὶ ἐκζητήσει σφόδρα, καὶ ἰδοὺ ἀληθὲς γέγονε τὸ ῥῆμα, γεγένηται τὸ βδέλυγμα τοῦτο ἐν Ἰσραήλ· καὶ ἐξάξεις τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐκεῖνον, ἢ τὴν γυναῖκα ἐκείνην, οἵτινες ἐποίησαν τὸ πρᾶγμα τὸ πονηρὸν τοῦτο, καὶ λιθοβολήσετε αὐτοὺς ἐν λίθοις, καὶ τελευτήσουσιν· ἐπὶ δυσὶ μάρτυσιν ἢ ἐπὶ τρισὶ μάρτυσιν ἀποθανεῖται ὁ ἀποθνήσκων· οὐκ ἀποθανεῖται ἐφ' ἑνὶ μάρτυρι· καὶ ἡ χεὶρ τῶν μαρτύρων ἔσται ἐπ' αὐτῷ ἐν πρώτοις θανατῶσαι αὐτὸν, καὶ ἡ χεὶρ τοῦ παντὸς λαοῦ ἐπ' ἐσχάτων· καὶ ἐξαρεῖς τὸν πονηρὸν ἐξ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν·» Θεοῦ γὰρ ἠδικημένου περὶ τὸ ἴδιον σέβασμα, τὸ ἐποικτείρειν οὐκ ἀσφαλές. Ἐπιζήμιον δὲ κομιδῆ τὸ μὴ ἐν καιρῷ μαλακίζεσθαι πρὸς ἀνάνδρους φιλαλληλίας· καὶ τοῦτο, οἶμαι, ἔστιν ὅπερ ἔφη Κύριος· «Ὁ ἀγαπῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα ὑπὲρ ἐμὲ, οὐκ ἔστι μου ἄξιος.» Ἐῤῥέτω γὰρ καὶ τότε νόμος φιλοστοργίας, καὶ φυσικῆς ἀγάπης οἰχέσθω δύναμις, καὶ πᾶν ὁτιοῦν τῶν ἡκόντων εἰς φιλανθρωπίαν, καὶ ἵν' οὕτως εἴπωμεν, δι' εὐσεβοῦς σκληρότητος θεραπευέσθω Θεός. Ἢ γὰρ οὐχ ὅσιον εἶναι φὴς, τοὺς ἀπροφάσιστον ἔχοντας τὴν ἀπόστασιν, κολάζεσθαι δεῖν ἀφιλοικτειρμόνως, ὡς τὴν ἐπέκεινα πάντων καταλυποῦντας δόξαν, καὶ ὑβρίζειν ἀφυλάκτως οὐ παραιτουμένους, ὃν ἦν δή που κρεῖττον ταῖς εἰς ἑδραιότητα κατευφραίνειν σπουδαῖς;

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Ὅσιον, πῶς γὰρ οὔ;

{ΚΥΡ.} Μεμνήσομαι δὲ διειπόντος αὐτοῦ τοῖς ἀρχαιοτέροις· «Τί εὕροσαν οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν ἐν ἐμοὶ πλημμέλημα, ὅτι ἀπέστησαν ἀπ' ἐμοῦ μακρὰν, καὶ ἐπορεύθησαν ὀπίσω τῶν ματαίων, καὶ ἐματαιώθησαν;» Κατατεθηπὼς δὲ ὥσπερ ἐπ' ἀκράτοις ἀμαθίαις τοὺς ἐξ Ἰσραὴλ, ὧδέ πή φησιν· «Ἐξέστη ὁ οὐρανὸς ἐπὶ τούτῳ, καὶ ἔφριξεν ἐπὶ πλεῖον ἡ γῆ σφόδρα, λέγει Κύριος· ὅτι δύο πονηρὰ ἐποίησεν ὁ λαός μου. Ἐμὲ ἐγκατέλιπε πηγὴν ὕδατος ζῶντος, καὶ ὤρυξαν ἑαυτοῖς λάκκους συντετριμμένους, οἳ οὐ δυνήσονται ὕδωρ συνέχειν.» Εὐβουλίας γὰρ ἁπάσης ἀφαμαρτεῖν οἰηθείην ἂν ἔγωγε, καὶ μάλα εἰκότως τοὺς, οἵ γε τῆς εἰς Θεὸν ἀποφοιτῶντες λατρείας, τῇ κτίσει λατρεύουσι παρὰ τὸν Κτίστην καὶ Ποιητὴν, ἤγουν ἔτι πρὸς αἰσχίω καταθρώσκοντες πλάνησιν, προσκυνοῦσι τοῖς ἔργοις τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶν· καί τοι ἦν εὐκόλως, εἴπερ ἕλοιντο φρονεῖν ὀρθῶς, τῆς ὑπὲρ πάντα καὶ ἀῤῥήτου φύσεως καταθεάσασθαι τὸ κάλλος ἀπὸ κτίσεως κόσμου, καὶ ἐκ τῆς τῶν γεγονότων εὐρυθμίας τὸν ταξίαρχον καὶ ἡγεμόνα καὶ δημιουργὸν τοῦδε τοῦ παντὸς ἐννοεῖν. Ἀλλὰ τὴν οὕτω σεπτήν τε καὶ ἀξιάγαστον γνώμην διαπτύσαντες, τινὲς τῶν

Wood ‘father’; fake piety; God near sees all§9

9more ancient exchanged golden things for bronze, according to the poets beside Greeks. For having let go the needing to worship God who is according to nature, they turned childishly toward useless random-worship; pouring shame and laughter upon their own head, and having chosen a self-called falling-away from the help from above. And indeed God said: ‘As a thief’s shame when he is caught, so will the sons of Israel themselves be shamed, and their kings, and their rulers, and their priests, and their prophets; to the wood they said, You are my father, and to the stone: You begot me. And they turned backs upon me, and not their faces; and in the time of their evils they will say: Rise and save us. And where are your gods, whom you made for yourself? If they will rise and save you in the time of your ill-treatment? because according to the number of your cities were your gods, Judah, and according to the number of Jerusalem’s ways they were sacrificing to Baal. Why do you speak toward me? All you have lawlessly acted unto me, says the Lord.’

Palladius: Terrible truly is the matter, friend.

Cyril: Yet someone sometimes of those finishing among us, not yet very much fixed, yet having practiced a plastered and bastard love unto Christ, and such as putting around himself as it were a fleece the seeming to be God-loving, will be a bitter and unholy beast, both a monkey and facing-both-ways, so as at home and by night—I mean the having-escaped-notice—to cling to the demons’ worships, and somehow to think reasonably that he himself also can run past God, and out-reason the mind of the unspeakable nature. And one would show even very without-toil that the one for whom these things are present to think has chosen the more shameful things of the Greeks’ silliness. For to the wise beside Greeks it seemed to hold rightly that the sun, being created and begotten—the great light-bearer, and made upon this very thing from beside God—sees all and hears all; for they thought that what has been taken along in a God’s rank must be rich with the dignities of the divine nature. And a dignity of the highest nature is to know and look down upon the all. Yet those ones in these things; and to us God was calling of old: ‘I am a God drawing near, says the Lord, and not a God from far; will anything be hidden from me?’ For nothing would escape the one who is truly God by nature. And let blessed David mystagogue saying: ‘Understand already, senseless ones among the people, and fools, sometime be thoughtful; the one who planted the ear, will he not hear? and the one who shaped eyes, will he not understand?’ Some were saying, I think, from ununderstanding: ‘The Lord will not see, nor will the God of Jacob understand.’ Or is it not altogether silly to say that the supplier of knowledge neither knows, nor to think that the one giving the matter to those come to be from beside him does not hear?

Greek · §9

ἀρχαιοτέρων, χρύσεα χαλκείων ἠλλάξαντο, κατὰ τοὺς παρ' Ἕλλησι ποιητάς. Τὸ γάρ τοι χρῆναι μεθέντες Θεῷ τῷ κατὰ φύσιν προσκυνεῖν, μειρακιωδῶς ἐτράποντο πρὸς ἀνόνητον εἰκαιολατρείαν· αἰσχύνην καὶ γέλωτα τῆς ἑαυτῶν καταχέοντες κεφαλῆς καὶ ἐπικουρίας τῆς ἄνωθεν αὐτόκλητον ᾑρημένοι τὴν ἀπόπτωσιν. Καὶ γοῦν ἔφη Θεός· «Ὡς αἰσχύνη κλέπτου ὅταν ἁλῷ, οὕτως αἰσχυνθήσονται οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραὴλ αὐτοὶ, καὶ οἱ βασιλεῖς αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἱερεῖς αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ προφῆται αὐτῶν· τῷ ξύλῳ εἶπαν, ὅτι Πατήρ μου εἶ σὺ, καὶ τῷ λίθῳ· Σὺ ἐγέννησάς με. Καὶ ἔστρεψαν ἐπ' ἐμὲ νῶτα, καὶ οὐ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν· καὶ ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τῶν κακῶν αὐτῶν ἐροῦσιν· Ἀνάστα καὶ σῶσον ἡμᾶς. Καὶ ποῦ εἰσὶν οἱ θεοί σου, οὓς ἐποίησας σαυτῷ; Εἰ ἀναστήσονται καὶ σώσουσί σε ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τῆς κακώσεώς σου; ὅτι κατὰ ἀριθμὸν τῶν πόλεών σου ἦσαν θεοί σου, Ἰούδα, καὶ κατὰ ἀριθμὸν διόδων τῆς Ἱερουσαλὲμ, ἔθυον τῷ Βαάλ. Ἱνατί λαλεῖτε πρός με; Πάντες ὑμεῖς ἠνομήσατε εἰς ἐμὲ, λέγει Κύριος.»

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Δεινόν γε ὡς ἀληθῶς τὸ χρῆμα, ὦ τᾶν.

{ΚΥΡ.} Ἀλλ' ὁ μέν τις ἔσθ' ὅτε τῶν τελούντων ἐν ἡμῖν, ἐρηρεισμένος δὲ οὔπω λίαν, κατάπλαστον δὲ καὶ νόθην τὴν εἰς Χριστὸν ἐπιτηδεύσας ἀγάπησιν, καὶ οἷος ὥσπερ κώδιον ἑαυτῷ περιτιθεὶς τὸ δοκεῖν εἶναι θεοφιλὴς, πικρὸν καὶ ἀνόσιον ἔσται θηρίον, κέρκωψ τε καὶ ἀλλοπρόσαλλος, ὡς οἴκοι καὶ νυκτὶ, φημὶ δὴ τὸ λεληθότως, ταῖς τῶν δαιμονίων προσκεῖσθαι λατρείαις, οἴεσθαι δέ που κατὰ τὸ εἰκὸς, καὶ αὐτὸν δύνασθαι διαδράναι Θεὸν, καὶ τὸν τῆς ἀῤῥήτου φύσεως παραλογίσασθαι νοῦν. Ἐκδείξῃ δ' ἄν τις καὶ λίαν ἀμογητὶ, τὸν ᾧγε ταυτὶ πάρεστι φρονεῖν, τῆς Ἑλλήνων ἀβελτηρίας τὰ αἰσχίω βεβουλημένον. Τοῖς μὲν γὰρ παρ' Ἕλλησι σοφοῖς κτιστὸν καὶ γεννητὸν ὄντα, πάντ' ἐφορᾷν καὶ πάντ' ἐπακούειν, ὀρθῶς ἔχειν ἐδόκει τὸν ἥλιον, τὸν φωστῆρα τὸν μέγαν, καὶ ἐπ' αὐτῷ δὴ τούτῳ πεποιημένον παρὰ Θεοῦ· ᾤοντο γὰρ δεῖν τὸ ἐν Θεοῦ τάξει παρειλημμένον, τοῖς τῆς θείας φύσεως καταπλουτεῖν ἀξιώμασιν. Ἀξίωμα δὲ τῆς ἀνωτάτω φύσεως, τὰ πάντα εἰδέναι καὶ καθορᾷν. Ἀλλ' ἐκεῖνοι μὲν ἐν τούτοις· ἡμῖν δὲ Θεὸς ἐπεφώνει πάλαι· «Θεὸς ἐγγίζων ἐγώ εἰμι, λέγει Κύριος, καὶ οὐχὶ Θεὸς πόῤῥωθεν· μὴ ἀπ' ἐμοῦ κρυβήσεταί τι;» Λάθοι γὰρ οὐδὲν τόν γε ἀληθῶς φύσει Θεόν. Καὶ μυσταγωγείτω ὁ μακάριος Δαβὶδ λέγων· «Σύνετε δὴ, ἄφρονες ἐν τῷ λαῷ, καὶ μωροί, ποτὲ φρονήσατε· ὁ φυτεύσας τὸ οὖς, οὐκ ἀκούσει; καὶ ὁ πλάσας ὀφθαλμοὺς, οὐχὶ κατανοεῖ;» Ἔφασκον, οἶμαι, τινὲς ἐξ ἀσυνεσίας· «Οὐκ ὄψεται Κύριος, οὐδ' οὐ συνήσει ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακώβ.» Ἢ οὐκ ἠλίθιον κομιδῇ, τὸ μήτε εἰδέναι λέγειν τὸν τῆς γνώσεως χορηγὸν, μήτε μὴν ἐπαίειν οἴεσθαι, τὸν τοῖς παρ' αὐτοῦ γεγονόσι τὸ χρῆμα διδόντα;

Worship God alone; no omens; hear the prophet like Moses—Christ§10

10Palladius: Altogether unpersuasive.

Cyril: One must therefore worship the Lord God alone and whole-turned, according to the Scriptures, and no one other beside him. For it has been written that ‘You will be perfect opposite the Lord your God.’ And spiritual perfectness is the being settled in faith, and blameless unto worship, and the unaccused beauty of the love unto God.

Palladius: So I say.

Cyril: Therefore, Palladius, those who have least chosen to worship other gods, or the creation beside the one who created—yet somehow being persuaded by the false-prophecies of the idol-servers—will we free from blame and accusation? or safely show free of the charges unto apostasy to those at least who are truly genuine?

Palladius: Not at all.

Cyril: And star-sorceries and omen-takings and false-prophecies, and demonic trickings, would fit, I think somewhere, only and perhaps those who have most outlandishly been eager to settle into mind the inglorious and cursed idolatry.

Palladius: You have spoken rightly. Since indeed a divine word also charges us that we must abominate the shamefulness unto these at least. And it holds thus: ‘And if you should enter into the land which the Lord your God gives you, you will not learn to do according to the abominations of those nations; there will not be found in you one purifying his son and his daughter in fire, one prophesying a prophecy, and taking omens, and observing birds, a sorcerer, singing a charm, a ventriloquist, and wonder-watcher, and asking the dead; for every one doing these is an abomination to the Lord your God.’ And after other things again he says: ‘You will be perfect before the Lord your God; these nations, whom you will inherit them, these will hear omen-takings and prophecies; yet not thus has the Lord your God given to you. A prophet from your brothers like me the Lord your God will raise; [him you will hear according to all as many as you asked from beside the Lord your God] at Horeb on the day of the assembly.’

Cyril: Well done, friend. For we will follow not wonder-watchers and dead-diviners, nor will we receive flights of birds as some true matter, even if they should be borne toward the right, or then unto the left; even if toward evening and toward dawn; for these things are of the last folly. Yet making Christ the prophet for us and among us the leader of the all, from him we will take the knowledge of the necessary things, and we will sit beside him, saying a long wail to the demons’ false-speakings and ‘farewell.’ For to God alone as it were will the needing to make-alive and to rule the all be laid down naturally and specially;

Greek · §10

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Ἀπίθανον παντελῶς.

{ΚΥΡ.} Προσκυνητέον οὖν ἄρα μόνῳ τε καὶ ὁλοτρόπως Κυρίῳ τῷ Θεῷ, κατὰ τὰς Γραφὰς, ἑτέρῳ δὲ παρ' αὐτὸν οὐδενί. Γέγραπται γὰρ, ὅτι «Τέλειος ἔσῃ ἐναντίον Κυρίου τοῦ Θεοῦ σου.» Τελειότης δὲ πνευματικὴ, τὸ ἱδρυμένον ἐν πίστει, καὶ ἀμώμητον εἰς λατρείαν, καὶ τῆς εἰς Θεὸν ἀγάπης τὸ ἀδιάβλητον κάλλος.

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Οὕτω φημί.

{ΚΥΡ.} Ἆρ' οὖν, ὦ Παλλάδιε, τοὺς ἥκιστα μὲν θεοῖς ἑτέροις, ἤγουν τῇ κτίσει παρὰ τὸν Κτίσαντα προσκυνεῖν ἑλομένους· πειθομένους δὲ οὐκ οἶδ' ὅπως ταῖς τῶν εἰδωλολατρούντων ψευδομαντείαις, μώμου καὶ αἰτίας ἀπαλλάξομεν; ἢ τῶν εἰς ἀπόστασιν ἐγκλημάτων ἐλευθέρους ἀποφαίνειν τοῖς γε ὡς ἀληθῶς γνησίοις ἀσφαλές;

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Οὐδαμῶς.

{ΚΥΡ.} Ἀστρογοητεῖαι δὲ καὶ κληδονισμοὶ καὶ ψευδομαντεῖαι, καὶ δαιμονιώδεις φενακισμοὶ, πρέποιεν ἂν, οἶμαί που, μόνοις τε καὶ τάχα τοῖς ἐκτοπώτατα προτεθυμημένοις τὴν ἀκλεᾶ καὶ ἐπάρατον εἰδωλολατρείαν εἰσοικίζεσθαι κατὰ νοῦν.

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Ὀρθῶς ἔφης. Ἐπείτοι καὶ θεῖος ἡμῖν παρεγγυᾷ λόγος, τὴν εἴς γε τούτους αἰσχρότητα καταμυσάττεσθαι δεῖν. Ἔχει δὲ οὕτως· «Ἐὰν δὲ εἰσέλθῃς εἰς τὴν γῆν, ἣν Κύριος ὁ Θεός σου δίδωσί σοι, οὐ μαθήσῃ ποιεῖν κατὰ τὰ βδελύγματα τῶν ἐθνῶν ἐκείνων· οὐχ εὑρεθήσεται ἐν σοὶ περικαθαίρων τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν θυγατέρα αὐτοῦ ἐν πυρὶ, μαντευόμενος μαντείαν, καὶ κληδονιζόμενος, καὶ οἰωνιζόμενος, φαρμακὸς, ἐπᾴδων ἐπαοιδὴν, ἐγγαστρίμυθος, καὶ τερατοσκόπος, καὶ ἐρωτῶν τοὺς νεκρούς· ἔστι γὰρ βδέλυγμα Κυρίῳ τῷ Θεῷ σου πᾶς ποιῶν ταῦτα.» Καὶ μεθ' ἕτερα πάλιν φησί· «Τέλειος ἔσῃ ἔναντι Κυρίου τοῦ Θεοῦ σου· τὰ ἔθνη ταῦτα, οὓς σὺ κατακληρονομήσεις αὐτοὺς, οὗτοι κληδονισμῶν καὶ μαντειῶν ἀκούσονται· σοὶ δὲ οὐχ οὕτως ἔδωκε Κύριος ὁ Θεός σου. Προφήτην ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν σου ὡς ἐμὲ ἀναστήσει Κύριος ὁ Θεός σου· [αὐτοῦ ἀκούσεσθε κατὰ πάντα ὅσα ᾐτήσω παρὰ Κυρίου τοῦ Θεοῦ σου] ἐν Χωρὴβ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῆς ἐκκλησίας.»

{ΚΥΡ.} Εὖγε, ὦ φιλότης. Ἑψόμεθα γὰρ οὐχὶ τερατοσκόποις τε καὶ νεκρομάντεσιν, ἀλλ' οὐδὲ πτήσεις τῶν οἰωνῶν, ὡς ἀληθές τι χρῆμα παραδεξόμεθα, κἂν εἰ φέροιντο πρὸς δεξιὸν, εἴτ' οὖν εἰς εὐώνυμον· κἂν εἰ πρὸς ἑσπέραν τε καὶ πρὸς ἠῶ· μωρίας γὰρ ταυτὶ τῆς ἐσχάτης. Ἡγεμόνα δὲ τοῦ παντὸς ποιούμενοι τὸν Χριστὸν τὸν δι' ἡμᾶς καθ' ἡμᾶς προφήτην, παρ' αὐτοῦ ληψόμεθα τῶν ἀναγκαίων τὴν γνῶσιν, καὶ αὐτῷ προσεδρεύσομεν, οἰμώζειν μακρὰ ταῖς τῶν δαιμονίων ψευδοεπείαις καὶ τὸ ἐῤῥῶσθαι λέγοντες. Μόνῳ γὰρ ὥσπερ τὸ χρῆναι ζωοποιεῖν καὶ κατάρχειν τῶν ὅλων, φυσικῶς τε καὶ ἰδικῶς ἀνακείσεται Θεῷ·

Foreknowledge God’s alone; demons are liars; do not credit oracles§11

11in the same manner, I think, also the having knowledge of all things. And proper to his nature is clearly to know the things about to be, and to have as it were gathered in himself the form of the all. Or is the word upon this not both wise and exact?

Palladius: Very much so.

Cyril: Toward him then we will sin, and toward the highest glory the writing will, if we believe that in profane and unclean spirits there are the things through which he himself would be beautified and is exceedingly splendid. It is already time for those disposed thus to suppose emptily also that Satan can make-alive, and even is a craftsman, if we will gift to him the most exceptional things of all and those specially laid down for God’s nature, and say they have grown upon him; and a proper and exceptional good of the highest nature is the knowledge of the things about to be. Or is what I say not true?

Palladius: Very much. For he says through Isaiah’s voice toward some assigning to the creation the things of God: ‘Remember these things, and groan; repent, you who have wandered, turn in the heart, and remember former things from the age, that I am God, and there is not still besides me one announcing beforehand the last things before they come to be, and at once it was finished, and I said: All my counsel will stand, and all as many as I have counseled I will do.’ For he was setting for the hearers as it were an indication of there not being any other by nature and truly God beside him—the being able to announce the last things before they come to be.

Cyril: Well done, Palladius. And I would still wish us looking around well at the true also to examine this: in what manner still, if we finish at all among those wishing to live rightly and evangelically, will we follow the flatteries of false-prophecies and indeed also, having attended as if some word from beside them were true, not mark off the Savior’s voice as needing to be false? For he said somewhere also toward the boastful and insolent Jews: ‘You are from your father the devil, and you wish to do your father’s desires; that one was a human-killer from a beginning, and in the truth he has not stood, because there is not truth in him; whenever he speaks the lie, he speaks from his own things, because he is a liar, and the father of it.’ In what manner then will a liar be unerring? and how not altogether and in every way misspeaking, the one not having stood in the truth? Is it then clear, Palladius, already somehow to everyone, that assigning the true to the demons’ voices we will vote against Christ the false-myth, and will say that the truth speaks falsely?

Palladius: We are in danger.

Cyril: And otherwise—for I would add also this to what has been said—we have been taught from beside Christ not to receive the words of the unclean spirits, even if

Greek · §11

τὸν αὐτὸν, οἶμαι, τρόπον, καὶ τὸ πάντων ἔχειν τὴν γνῶσιν. Ἴδιον δὲ φύσεως τῆς αὐτοῦ, τὸ εἰδέναι σαφῶς τὰ ἐσόμενα, καὶ συνειλεγμένην ὥσπερ ἐν ἑαυτῷ τὴν τῶν ὅλων εἴδησιν ἔχειν. Ἢ οὐχὶ σοφός τε καὶ ἀτρεκὴς ὁ ἐπὶ τῷδε λόγος;

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Πάνυ μὲν οὖν.

{ΚΥΡ.} Εἰς αὐτὸν οὖν ἄρα πλημμελήσομεν, καὶ εἰς τὴν ἀνωτάτω δόξαν ἡ γραφὴ, εἰ βεβήλοις τε καὶ ἀκαθάρτοις πνεύμασιν ἐνεῖναι πιστεύσομεν τὰ δι' ὧν αὐτὸς κατακαλλύνοιτό τε καὶ ὑπάρχει λίαν ἐκπρεπής. Ὥρα ἤδη διακειμένους ὡδὶ φληνάφως ὑπονοεῖν καὶ ζωοποιεῖν δύνασθαι, καὶ δὴ καὶ δημιουργὸν ὑπάρχειν τὸν Σατανᾶν, εἰ τὰ πάντων ἐξαίρετα καὶ ἰδικῶς ἀνακείμενα τῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ φύσει, χαριούμεθά τε αὐτῷ, καὶ προσπεφυκέναι φαμέν· ἴδιον δὲ καὶ ἐξαίρετον ἀγαθὸν τῆς ἀνωτάτω φύσεως, τῶν ἐσομένων ἡ γνῶσις. Ἢ οὐκ ἀληθὲς ὅ φημι;

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Καὶ μάλα. Φησὶ γὰρ διὰ φωνῆς Ἡσαΐου. πρός τινας ἀνατιθέντας τῇ κτίσει τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ· «Μνήσθητε ταῦτα, καὶ στενάξατε· μετανοήσατε, οἱ πεπλανημένοι, ἐπιστρέψατε τῇ καρδίᾳ, καὶ μνήσθητε πρότερα ἀπὸ τοῦ αἰῶνος, ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι Θεὸς, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἔτι πλὴν ἐμοῦ ἀναγγέλλων πρότερον τὰ ἔσχατα, πρὶν αὐτὰ γενέσθαι, καὶ ἅμα συνετελέσθη, καὶ εἶπα· Πᾶσά μου ἡ βουλὴ στήσεται, καὶ πάντα ὅσα βεβούλευμαι, ποιήσω.» Μήνυσιν γὰρ ὥσπερ τοῦ μὴ ἕτερον εἶναί τινα παρ' αὐτὸν φύσει τε καὶ ἀληθῶς Θεὸν τοῖς ἀκροωμένοις ἐτίθει τὸ ἀναγγέλλειν δύνασθαι τὰ ἔσχατα πρὶν αὐτὰ γενέσθαι.

{ΚΥΡ.} Εὖ γε, ὦ Παλλάδιε, Βουλοίμην δ' ἂν ἔτι περιαθροῦντας εὖ μάλα τὸ ἀληθὲς, καὶ τόδε διασκοπεῖν· τίνα τρόπον ἔτι, εἰ τελοῖμεν ὅλως ἔν γε τοῖς ἐθέλουσι βιοῦν ὀρθῶς τε καὶ εὐαγγελικῶς, ταῖς τῶν ψευδομαντειῶν θωπείαις ἑψόμεθα καὶ δὴ καὶ προσεσχηκότες, ὡς εἴη τις λόγος ὁ παρ' αὐτῶν ἀληθὴς, οὐχὶ τῆς τοῦ Σωτῆρος καθοριοῦμεν φωνῆς τὸ διαψεύδεσθαι δεῖν. Ἔφη γάρ που καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἀλαζόνας καὶ ὑβριστὰς Ἰουδαίους· «Ὑμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστὲ, καὶ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν θέλετε ποιεῖν· ἐκεῖνος ἀνθρωποκτόνος ἦν ἀπ' ἀρχῆς, καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ οὐχ ἕστηκεν, ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν ἀλήθεια ἐν αὐτῷ· ὅταν λαλεῖ τὸ ψεῦδος, ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων λαλεῖ, ὅτι ψευστής ἐστιν αὐτὸς, καὶ ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ.» Τίνα δὴ οὖν ἔσται τρόπον νημερτὴς, ψευστής· πῶς δὲ οὐχὶ πάντη τε καὶ πάντως ἁμαρτοεπὴς, ὁ μὴ ἑστηκὼς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ; Ἆρ' οὖν ἐναργὲς, ὦ Παλλάδιε, παντί που λοιπὸν, ὅτι ταῖς τῶν δαιμονίων φωναῖς τὸ ἀληθὲς ἀπονέμοντες, καταψηφιούμεθα τοῦ Χριστοῦ τὴν ψευδομυθίαν, καὶ ψευδοεπεῖν ἐροῦμεν τὴν ἀλήθειαν;

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Κινδυνεύομεν.

{ΚΥΡ.} Ἄλλως τε, προσθείην γὰρ τοῖς εἰρημένοις καὶ τόδε· δεδιδάγμεθα παρὰ Χριστοῦ, τοὺς τῶν ἀκαθάρτων πνευμάτων μὴ προσίεσθαι λόγους, κἂν

Christ silences true-speaking demons; Leviticus against mediums§12

12they should sometime wish to bring forward the truth untrodden by them and most unaccustomed.

Palladius: And how do you say?

Cyril: Or do you not hear the holy evangelists having written that the demons, crying out something piercing and great, were coming toward Christ: ‘Ah, what to us and to you, Jesus Nazarene? You have come to destroy us; we know who you are, the Holy One of God. Yet he rebuking,’ it says, ‘was not allowing them to speak, because they knew him to be the Christ.’ And yet why ever—for according to likelihood someone might hesitate—did Christ rebuke those crying out the true? Yet the thing done was somehow beneficial unto us. For that one must not cling to the words from beside those ones, even if they should wish to cry out the truth itself, and to say the things clearly genuine, we are taught through this; for weaving sometimes the lie with the truth, they harm the hearers, not in another manner, I think, than as one might watch those who by mixture of honey take away the perception of bitter things, and by intertwining of sweet things wish to steal what sometimes grieves.

Palladius: Altogether slippery then is attending to the oracle-speakers’ trickings.

Cyril: God honors the matter with death, and writes it among the last evils. And he said thus in Leviticus: ‘And a soul which should follow after ventriloquists or enchanters, so as to whore after them, I will set my face upon that soul, and I will destroy it from its people; and you will be holy, because I am holy—Lord your God.’ And after other things again: ‘And a man or woman who should become among them a ventriloquist or enchanter, with death let them be put to death, and with stones stone them; they are liable.’ For first he refuses that any must love to follow the buffoon star-prophecies, or then necromancies, saying the matter is as far as possible from holy-fitting citizenship, and altogether unfitting for those clinging to God; and he defines death of the second, and says even they themselves are liable; not allowing pity to be allotted from our side to those who have already been driven unto this baseness, as to become a snare of death, and a hunt of guiltless souls, and a door of ruin, and a trapdoor of Hades, and what not of such evils? Yet I think somehow it is wise and unalloyed to understand that God would not have fixed so bitter a justice running beyond every evil upon those able to know and speak to others the things about to be, if indeed they truly had to speak of the things about to be. For a myth of the truth is not punished, yet the speaking-falsely is accursed; yet if someone should be caught doing this, and this as from God, he has somehow slandered the unspeakable nature itself, and assigning the lie to the truth as fitting it, having endured a justice equal to the charges he will go away unto that very much. For the

Greek · §12

εἰ βούλοιντό ποτε τὴν αὐτοῖς ἀστιβῆ καὶ ἀσυνηθεστάτην προσκομίζειν ἀλήθειαν.

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Πῶς δὲ φής;

{ΚΥΡ.} Ἦ οὐκ ἐπαΐεις τῶν ἁγίων εὐαγγελιστῶν ἀναγεγραφότων, ὅτι τὰ μὲν δαιμόνια, τορόν τι καὶ μέγα διακεκραγότα, προσῄεσαν τῷ Χριστῷ· «Ἔα, τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοὶ, Ἰησοῦ Ναζαρηνέ; ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς· οἴδαμέν σε τίς εἶ, ὁ Ἅγιος τοῦ Θεοῦ. Ὁ δὲ ἐπιτιμῶν,» φησὶν, «οὐκ εἴα αὐτὰ λαλεῖν, ὅτι εἴδησαν τὸν Χριστὸν αὐτὸν εἶναι.» Καίτοι τί δή ποτε, κατὰ γάρ τοι τὸ εἰκὸς ἐνδοιάσειέ τις ἂν, τοῖς τὸ ἀληθὲς ἀνακεκραγόσιν ἐπιτετίμηκεν ὁ Χριστός; Ἀλλ' ἦν δή που τὸ δρώμενον, ἐπωφελὲς εἰς ἡμᾶς. Τὸ γάρ τοι μὴ δεῖν τοῖς παρ' ἐκείνοις προσκεῖσθαι λόγοις, κἂν εἰ αὐτὴν ἐθέλοιεν ἀναφωνεῖν τὴν ἀλήθειαν, καὶ τὰ ἐναργῶς ἔτυμα λέγειν, διὰ τούτου παιδευόμεθα· ἀναπλέκοντες γὰρ ἔσθ' ὅτε τῇ ἀληθείᾳ τὸ ψεῦδος, κατασίνονται τοὺς ἀκροωμένους, οὐ καθ' ἕτερον, οἶμαι, τρόπον, ἢ καθ' ὃν θεῷτό τις τοὺς τῇ τοῦ μέλιτος μίξει παραιρουμένους τὴν αἴσθησιν τῶν πικρῶν, καὶ τῇ τῶν γλυκέων ἐπιπλοκῇ κατασυλᾷν ἐθέλοντας τὸ ἔσθ' ὅτε λυποῦν.

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Σφαλερὸν οὖν παντελῶς τὸ τοῖς τῶν χρησμολόγων προσέχειν φενακισμοῖς.

{ΚΥΡ.} Θανάτῳ τὸ χρῆμα τιμᾶται Θεὸς, καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἐσχάτοις καταγράφει κακοῖς. Ἔφη δὲ οὕτως ἐν τῷ Λευιτικῷ· «Καὶ ψυχὴ ἣ ἂν ἐπακολουθήσῃ ἐγγαστριμύθοις ἢ ἐπαοιδοῖς, ὥστε ἐκπορνεῦσαι ὀπίσω αὐτῶν, ἐπιστήσω τὸ πρόσωπόν μου ἐπὶ τὴν ψυχὴν ἐκείνην, καὶ ἀπολῶ αὐτὴν ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτῆς· καὶ ἔσεσθε ἅγιοι, ὅτι ἐγὼ ἅγιός εἰμι Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ὑμῶν.» Καὶ μεθ' ἕτερα πάλιν· «Καὶ ἀνὴρ ἢ γυνὴ ὃς ἐὰν γένηται αὐτῶν ἐγγαστρίμυθος ἢ ἐπαοιδὸς, θανάτῳ θανατούσθω, καὶ ἐν λίθοις λιθοβολήσατε αὐτούς· ἔνοχοί εἰσιν.» Ἀποφάσκει μὲν γὰρ πρῶτον, τὸ χρῆναί τινας ταῖς βωμολόχοις ἀστρομαντείαις, ἤγουν νεκυομαντείαις ἕπεσθαι φιλεῖν, πολιτείας ἁγιοπρεποῦς ὡς ἀπωτάτω τὸ χρῆμα εἶναι λέγων, καὶ τοῖς Θεῷ προσκειμένοις ἀνάρμοστον κομιδῆ· καὶ καθορίζει τοῦ δευτέρου τὸν θάνατον, ἐνόχους τέ φησιν εἶναι καὶ αὐτούς· οὐκ ἐφιεὶς τὸν ἔλεον ἀπονέμεσθαι πρὸς ἡμῶν τοῖς πρὸς τοῦτο ἤδη μοχθηρίας ἐληλακόσιν, ὡς πάγην γενέσθαι θανάτου, καὶ ψυχῶν ἀθώων θήρατρον, καὶ ὀλέθρου θύραν, καὶ πέταυρον ᾅδου, καὶ τί γὰρ οὐχὶ τῶν τοιούτων κακῶν; Ἀλλ' οἶμαί που σοφὸν καὶ ἀκίβδηλον ἐννοεῖν, ὡς οὐκ ἂν ἐπεστήρισε Θεὸς τὴν οὕτω πικρὰν καὶ παντὸς ἐπέκεινα κακοῦ διᾴττουσαν δίκην τοῖς εἰδέναι τε καὶ λαλεῖν ἑτέροις τὰ ἐσόμενα δυναμένοις, καί τοι τῶν ἐσομένων ἀληθῶς ἔχουσιν εἰπεῖν. Κολάζεται γὰρ οὐχὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ὁ μῦθος, ἐπάρατον δὲ τὸ ψευδειπεῖν· ἀλλ' εἰ δή τις ἁλίσκοιτο τοῦτο δρῶν, καὶ τοῦτο ὡς ἐκ Θεοῦ, αὐτήν που τὴν ἄῤῥητον σεσυκοφάντηκε φύσιν, καὶ τῇ ἀληθείᾳ τὸ ψεῦδος ὡς αὐτῇ προσῆκον ἀνατιθεὶς, ἰσοπαλῆ τοῖς ἐγκλήμασιν ἀνατλὰς τὴν δίκην πρὸς αὐτὸ λίαν οἰχήσεται. Ἐπιτιμᾷ γὰρ ὁ

Test of prophets; Jeremiah; Endor / Samuel question posed§13

13word rebukes not the things practiced from God—may it not be—as God’s; because they were not making the foretelling free of a lie. Yet since not having taken from truth they speak whatever they should wish, in this at least they have also missed according to themselves.

Palladius: Will we then in this discern whether God is the one giving oracles, or then those ones speak their own things?

Cyril: Very much; for a divine law will also straightway persuade us unto this. For God said thus in Deuteronomy: ‘And if someone should say in a heart: How will we know the word which the Lord has not spoken? as many as that prophet should speak upon the Lord’s name, and the word should not come to be which the Lord has not spoken, in impiety the prophet has spoken; you will not hold off from him.’ You hear that he says the failures in the things foretold will be a clear demonstration of something not having been oracled from God? for the truth loves truth. Some such thing he says through Jeremiah’s voice: ‘I am a God drawing near, says the Lord, and not a God from far; if a human will be hidden in hidden places, will I not also see him? Do I not fill the heaven and the earth? says the Lord. Have I heard what the prophets speak—false things which the prophets prophesy in my name?’ Then through the middle having accused not a little those who have despised the divine laws, he gives the truth as a clear demonstration of both the things from God and not. For he said again: ‘The prophet in whom is his dream, and in whom is my word toward him, let him narrate my word upon truth.’ As if something should appear having missed the truth, it would show at once its begetter false-speaking, and speaking from his own heart, not from the Lord’s mouth, according as it has been written.

Palladius: Do you wish we should set something of the necessary things unto a test, or leaving it go wherever your word should carry us?

Cyril: And indeed, Palladius, of the necessary things unto benefit our word is not short; as for not saying the seeming freely I would accuse, and very reasonably; speak then having hesitated at nothing.

Palladius: If some do not speak from the Lord’s mouth, yet belch, as you say, the things from a heart, in what manner then did that ventriloquist woman bring forward holy Samuel already dead to Saul, clarifying for him the end of the things about to be for him? for some think these things have been done thus, and not otherwise.

Cyril: And do you yourself think it does not hold thus, and will you reckon this better, or then do you say emptily that the righteous one’s soul was truly forced out, and came when a little woman was calling?

Greek · §13

λόγος οὐ τοῖς ἐκ Θεοῦ, μὴ γένοιτο, πραττομένοις τὰ ὡς Θεοῦ· ὅτι μηδὲ ψεύδους ἐλευθέραν ἐποιοῦντο τὴν προαγόρευσιν. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ οὐκ ἐξ ἀληθείας ἑλόντες, λαλοῦσιν ἃ ἂν βούλοιντο, καὶ τὸ κατὰ σφᾶς αὐτοὺς, ταύτῃτοι διημαρτήκασιν.

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Ἆρ' οὖν, ἐν τῷδε διαγνωσόμεθα πότερα Θεὸς ὁ χρησμοδοτῶν ἐστιν, ἤγουν ἐκεῖνοι λαλοῦσι τὰ σφῶν αὐτῶν;

{ΚΥΡ.} Καὶ μάλα· θεῖος γὰρ καὶ ἡμᾶς πρὸς τοῦτο εὐθὺς ἀναπείσει νόμος. Ἔφη γὰρ οὕτω Θεὸς ἐν Δευτερονομίῳ· «Ἐὰν δὲ λέγῃ τις ἐν καρδίᾳ· Πῶς γνωσόμεθα τὸ ῥῆμα, ὃ οὐκ ἐλάλησε Κύριος; ὅσα ἐὰν λαλήσῃ ὁ προφήτης ἐκεῖνος ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι Κυρίου, καὶ μὴ γένηται τὸ ῥῆμα ὃ οὐκ ἐλάλησε Κύριος, ἐν ἀσεβείᾳ ἐλάλησεν ὁ προφήτης, οὐκ ἀφέξεσθε ἀπ' αὐτοῦ.» Ἀκούεις ὅτι τὰς ἐν τοῖς προηγορευμένοις ἀποτεύξεις ἀπόδειξιν ἔσεσθαί φησιν ἐναργῆ τοῦ μὴ ἐκ Θεοῦ κεχρησμοδοτῆσθαί τι; φιλεῖ γὰρ ἀλήθειαν ἡ ἀλήθεια. Τοιοῦτόν τί φησι διὰ τῆς Ἱερεμίου φωνῆς· «Θεὸς ἐγγίζων ἐγώ εἰμι, λέγει Κύριος, καὶ οὐχὶ Θεὸς πόῤῥωθεν· εἰ κρυβήσεται ἄνθρωπος ἐν κρυφαίοις, καὶ ἐγὼ οὐκ ὄψομαι αὐτόν; Μὴ οὐχὶ τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν ἐγὼ πληρῶ; λέγει Κύριος. Ἤκουσα ἃ λαλοῦσιν οἱ προφῆται; ἂ προφητεύουσιν οἱ προφῆται ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου ψευδῆ.» Εἶτα διὰ μέσου τοὺς τῶν θείων νόμων καταφρονήσαντας ἐπαιτιασάμενος οὐ μικρῶς, ἐναργῆ τὴν ἀπόδειξιν τῶν τε ἐκ Θεοῦ καὶ μὴ, δίδωσι τὴν ἀλήθειαν. Ἔφη γὰρ πάλιν· «Ὁ προφήτης, ἐν ᾧ τὸ ἐνύπνιον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν ᾧ ὁ λόγος μου πρὸς αὐτὸν, διηγησάσθω τὸν λόγον μου ἐπ' ἀληθείας.» Ὡς εἴπερ τι φαίνοιτο τῆς ἀληθείας ἡμαρτηκὸς, ἐκδείξειεν ἂν αὐτὸ εὐθὺς ψευδοεπῆ τὸν γεννήτορα, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ λαλοῦντα καρδίας, οὐκ ἀπὸ στόματος Κυρίου, καθὰ γέγραπται.

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Βούλει τι θῶμεν τῶν ἀναγκαίων εἰς βάσανον, ἢ παρέντες ἴωμεν, ᾗπερ ἂν ὁ σὸς ἡμᾶς ἀποκομίσῃ λόγος;

{ΚΥΡ.} Καὶ μὴν, ὦ Παλλάδιε, τῶν ἀναγκαίων εἰς ὄνησιν οὐ βραχὺς ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος· ὡς τό τοι μὴ φάναι τὸ δοκοῦν ἐλευθέρως ἐπαιτιασαίμην ἂν, καὶ μάλα εἰκότως· φράζε δὴ οὖν ὀκνήσας οὐδέν.

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Εἰ μὴ ἀπὸ στόματος Κυρίου λαλοῦσί τινες, ἐρεύγονται δὲ, ὡς φὴς, τὰ ἀπὸ καρδίας, τίνα δὴ τρόπον καί τοι τεθνεῶτα τὸν ἅγιον Σαμουὴλ ἡ ἐγγαστρίμυθος ἐκείνη γυνὴ παρεκόμισε τῷ Σαοὺλ, τὸ τῶν ἐσομένων αὐτῷ σαφηνιοῦντα πέρας; ταυτὶ γὰρ ὧδε πεπρᾶχθαι, καὶ οὐχ ἑτέρως ἔχειν οἴονταί τινες.

{ΚΥΡ.} Οἴει δὲ αὐτὸς οὐχ ὧδε ἔχειν, καὶ λογιεῖ τοῦτο ἄμεινον, ἤγουν φληνάφως τὴν τοῦ δικαίου ψυχὴν ἐκβεβιάσθαι φὴς κατὰ τὸ ἀληθὲς, καὶ γυναίου καλοῦντος ἐλθεῖν;

Necromancy not of God; saints’ souls not demons’ playthings§14

14Palladius: I would not have to say clearly. Yet the test, I think somewhere, would show the true.

Cyril: You have spoken well. Therefore let that be busied with before the others for now—whether these things are busied with and wondered and finished through God, or then through evil spirits for whom the practice is a care.

Palladius: And who would come unto this absurdity of reasonings, so as to think that necromancers and ventriloquists and enchanters wonder these things through God? For I will remember the law determining the last penalty for everyone who has chosen to do this. Then how is it not stricken to understand that the one condemned with death is not out of tune with God? for he will not yet fight against his own laws.

Cyril: You think most excellently. And will we think the saints’ souls freed from bodies have been thrown aside, and are counted worthy of no word, and have already come unto this misery, so as even to lie under evil and unclean spirits, and unwillingly to follow those turning them easily wherever they should happen to choose? And yet wise John composing for us the book of the Apocalypse, which has also been honored with the Fathers’ votes, was affirming clearly that he had seen the saints’ souls under the divine altar itself. And if they even drag them from the upper dwellings themselves, and bring them down unsparingly from the most holy places, nothing hindering, heaven is walkable for all the demons, and paradise’s gate is opened for them according to likelihood; and the flaming sword also yields, as it seems, and not only of entrance and exit for them; but if they should wish also to bring out some of those come inside from free-speech; then is this not to tear down the hope in Christ, and to show thrice-wretched the life of those admired?

Palladius: It seems so.

Cyril: And indeed it is not unclear. And how was it better for admirable Paul, to depart, and to be with Christ? For if indeed we are about, having gone away from earthly things, and having come to be with Christ, to lie under the opposing spirits, the faith has been emptied, according to what has been written, and everyone, I think, will then vote that being at home in a body differs incomparably from being with Christ, and what is more unbearable upon this; for still making our pastimes in this life, we have not been yoked under the devil’s wills, yet we tread rather upon snakes and scorpions, and upon all the enemy’s power, according to the Savior’s voice. Then having come to be with Christ, how will we be in worse things? and how does he himself speak truly saying: ‘My sheep hear my voice, and I know them, and they follow me, and I give them eternal life, and they will not perish unto the age, and no one will snatch them from my hands; the Father

Greek · §14

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Οὐκ ἂν ἔχοιμι σαφῶς εἰπεῖν. Ἐνδείξειε δ' ἂν, οἶμαί που, τὸ ἀληθὲς, ἡ βάσανος.

{ΚΥΡ.} Εὖ ἔφης. Οὐκοῦν ἐκεῖνο καὶ πρό γε τῶν ἄλλων πολυπραγμονείσθω τέως, πότερον διὰ Θεοῦ πολυπραγμονοῦνται καὶ τερατεύονται καὶ ἀποπεραίνουσι ταυτὶ, ἤγουν διὰ πονηρῶν πνευμάτων οἷς μελέτη τὸ ἐπιτήδευμα.

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Καὶ τίς ἂν εἰς τοῦτο λογισμῶν ἀτοπίας ἀφίκοιτο ἂν, ὡς οἴεσθαι διὰ Θεοῦ τερατεύεσθαι ταυτὶ νεκρομάντας τε καὶ ἐγγαστριμύθους καὶ ἐπαοιδούς; Διαμεμνήσομαι γὰρ τοῦ νόμου, παντὸς ἑλομένου τοῦτο δρᾷν ποινὴν καθορίζοντος τὴν ἐσχάτην. Εἶτα πῶς οὐκ ἀπόπληκτον ἐννοεῖν, τὸν θανάτῳ καταδεδικασμένον, οὐκ ἀπᾴδειν Θεῷ; Οὐ γάρ πω τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ διαμαχεῖται νόμοις.

{ΚΥΡ.} Ἄριστα διανοῇ. Τὰς δὲ τῶν ἁγίων ψυχὰς σωμάτων ἀπηλλαγμένας παρεῤῥίφθαι νομιοῦμεν, καὶ λόγου μὲν ἀξιοῦσθαι μηδενὸς, ἥκειν δὲ ἤδη πρὸς τοῦτο ταλαιπωρίας, ὡς καὶ πονηροῖς καὶ ἀκαθάρτοις ὑποκεῖσθαι πνεύμασι, καὶ ἀνεθελήτως ἀκολουθεῖν περιτρέπουσιν εὐκόλως οἷπερ ἂν ἕλοιντο τυχόν. Καίτοι τὸ τῆς Ἀποκαλύψεως βιβλίον ἡμῖν συντιθεὶς ὁ σοφὸς Ἰωάννης, ὃ καὶ ταῖς τῶν Πατέρων τετίμηται ψήφοις, τὰς τῶν ἁγίων ψυχὰς ὑπ' αὐτὸ τὸ θεῖον τεθεᾶσθαι θυσιαστήριον, διεβεβαιοῦτο σαφῶς. Εἰ δὲ καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν ἕλκουσι τῶν ἄνω μονῶν, καὶ τόπων αὐτὰς τῶν ἱερωτάτων κατακομίζουσιν ἀφειδῶς, ἀπείργοντος οὐδενὸς, βάσιμος μὲν ἅπασι τοῖς δαιμονίοις ὁ οὐρανὸς, ἀνοίγνυται δὲ κατὰ τὸ εἰκὸς αὐτοῖς καὶ ἡ τοῦ παραδείσου πύλη· παραχωρεῖ δὲ, ὡς ἔοικεν, καὶ ἡ φλογίνη ῥομφαία, καὶ οὐχὶ τῆς εἰσόδου καὶ ἐξόδου μόνον αὐτοῖς· ἀλλ' εἰ βούλοιντό τινας καὶ τῶν εἴσω γεγονότων ἐκκομίζειν ἐκ παῤῥησίας· εἶτα οὐχὶ δὴ τοῦτό ἐστι, τὴν ἐν Χριστῷ διασύρειν ἐλπίδα, καὶ τρισάθλιον ὑποφαίνειν τῶν τεθαυμασμένων τὸν βίον;

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Ἔοικεν.

{ΚΥΡ.} Καὶ μὴν οὐκ ἀσυμφανές. Πῶς δὲ ἦν ἄμεινον τῷ θαυμασίῳ Παύλῳ, τὸ ἀναλῦσαι, καὶ σὺν Χριστῷ εἶναι; Εἰ γὰρ δὴ μέλλοιμεν τῶν ἐπιγείων ἀποφοιτήσαντες, καὶ σὺν Χριστῷ γεγονότες, τοῖς ἀντικειμένοις ὑποκεῖσθαι πνεύμασι, κεκένωται μὲν ἡ πίστις, κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον, τὸ δὲ ἐνδημεῖν ἐν σώματι, τοῦ συνεῖναι Χριστῷ, πᾶς τις οὖν, οἶμαι, καὶ ἀσυγκρίτως διενεγκεῖν ἐπιψηφιεῖται λοιπὸν, καὶ τὸ ἐπὶ τούτου δυσανεκτότερον· ἔτι μὲν γὰρ ἐν τῷδε τῷ βίῳ ποιούμενοι τὰς διατριβὰς, οὐχὶ τοῖς τοῦ διαβόλου θελήμασιν ὑπεζεύγμεθα, πατοῦμεν δὲ ἐπάνω ὄφεων καὶ σκορπίων μᾶλλον, καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ ἐχθροῦ, κατὰ τὴν τοῦ Σωτῆρος φωνήν. Εἶτα σὺν Χριστῷ γεγονότες, πῶς ἐν χείροσιν ἐσόμεθα; πῶς δὲ αὐτὸς ἀληθεύει λέγων· «Τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἐμὰ τῆς φωνῆς μου ἀκούουσι, κἀγὼ γινώσκω αὐτὰ, καὶ ἀκολουθοῦσί μοι, κἀγὼ δίδωμι αὐτοῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον, καὶ οὐ μὴ ἀπόλωνται εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, καὶ οὐχ ἁρπάσει τις αὐτὰ ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν μου· ὁ Πατήρ

Father’s hand; Endor narrative begins (1 Samuel 28)§15

15who has given to me is greater than all, and no one is able to snatch from my Father’s hand?’ And most wise Peter somehow perhaps has cheated the athletes of the piety unto Christ, having written thus: ‘So that even suffering under others according to his will, let them set aside their souls to a faithful Creator.’ And if Satan forces a soul set aside to God, leading and carrying wherever he should choose according to times, how would the one standing before the saints be understood faithful, having taken as it were each one’s spirit as a deposit? These things then are nonsense, and a terrible stroke, to think according to truth that a prophet’s voice was dragged down by cold charms of a most foul little woman from the places allotted to her.

Palladius: What then would the word of the contemplations be? for I think one must not even so much as say such shameful things, even if catching them in bare thoughts.

Cyril: Setting beside the sacred Letter itself, we will then make clear the things coming unto mind, holding everywhere tightly of what is fitting. And it holds thus: ‘And Samuel died, and all Israel beat him, and they bury him in Arimathea, in his city; and Saul lifted out the ventriloquists, and the knowers from the land. And the foreigners gather, and come and encamp into Shunem. And Saul gathers every man of Israel, and they encamp into Gilboa. And Saul saw the foreigners’ camp, and feared, and his heart was astonished very much. And Saul asked through the Lord, and the Lord did not answer him in the dreams, and in the clear things, and in the prophets. And Saul said to his servants: Seek for me a ventriloquist woman, and I will go toward her, and seek in her. And his servants said toward him: Behold a ventriloquist woman in Endor. And Saul covered himself; and put around other garments, and goes himself and two men with him, and they come toward the woman by night, and he said to her: Divine then for me in the ventriloquist, and lead up for me whomsoever I should say to you. And the woman said to him: Behold you know as many as Saul did how he wiped out the ventriloquists, and the knowers from the land, and why do you snare my soul, to put it to death? And Saul swore to her, saying: The Lord lives, if injustice will meet you in this word. And the woman said to Saul: Whom shall I lead up for you? And he said: Lead up Samuel for me. And the woman saw Samuel, and cried out with a great voice. And the woman said toward Saul: Why have you out-reasoned me? and you are Saul. And the king said to her: Do not fear; say whom you have seen. And the woman said to him: I have seen gods going up from the earth. And he said to her: What have you known? And she said to him: A man upright going up from the earth, and this one wrapped in a double-cloak. And Saul knew that this is Samuel, and bowed upon his face upon the

Greek · §15

μου ὃς ἔδωκέ μοι, πάντων μείζων ἐστὶ, καὶ οὐδεὶς δύναται ἁρπάζειν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ Πατρός μου;» Πεφενάκικε δὲ τάχα που τῆς εἰς Χριστὸν εὐσεβείας τοὺς ἀθλητὰς, γεγραφὼς ὡδὶ καὶ ὁ σοφώτατος Πέτρος· «Ὥστε καὶ ὑπὸ ἄλλων πάσχοντες κατὰ τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ, πιστῷ Κτίστῃ παρατιθέσθωσαν τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν.» Εἰ δὲ τῷ Θεῷ παρατεθεῖσαν ψυχὴν βιάζεται ὁ Σατανᾶς, ἄγων τε καὶ φέρων οἵπερ ἂν ἕλοιτο κατὰ καιροὺς, πῶς ἂν νοοῖτο πιστὸς ὁ τῶν ἁγίων προεστηκὼς, καὶ οἱονεὶ παρακαταθήκην τὸ ἑκάστου πνεῦμα λαβών; Λῆρος οὖν ἄρα ταυτὶ, καὶ ἀποπληξία δεινὴ, τὸ κατὰ ἀλήθειαν οἴεσθαι τὴν προφήτου φωνὴν ψυχραῖς ἐπῳδαῖς γυναίου μυσαρωτάτου τῶν ἐκνεμηθέντων αὐτῇ καθελκῦσαι τόπων.

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Τίς οὖν ἂν γένοιτο τῶν θεωρημάτων ὁ λόγος; χρῆναι γὰρ οἶμαι τὰ οὕτως αἰσχρὰ μηδ' ὅσον εἰπεῖν, κἂν γοῦν ἐν ψιλαῖς ἐννοίαις ἑλεῖν.

{ΚΥΡ.} Αὐτὸ παραθέντες τὸ Γράμμα τὸ ἱερὸν, τὰ εἰς νοῦν ἰόντα τότε σαφῆ καταστήσομεν, πανταχῆ τοῦ πρέποντος ἀπρὶξ ἡμμένοι. Ἔχει δὲ οὕτω· «Καὶ Σαμουὴλ ἀπέθανε, καὶ ἐκόψαντο αὐτὸν πᾶς Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ θάπτουσιν αὐτὸν ἐν Ἀρμαθαΐμ, ἐν πόλει αὐτοῦ· καὶ Σαοὺλ περιεῖλε τοὺς ἐγγαστριμύθους, καὶ τοὺς γνώστας ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς. Καὶ συναθροίζονται οἱ ἀλλόφυλοι, καὶ ἔρχονται καὶ παρεμβάλλουσιν εἰς Σωνάμ. Καὶ συναθροίζει Σαοὺλ πάντα ἄνδρα Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ παρεμβάλλουσιν εἰς Γελβουέ. Καὶ εἶδε Σαοὺλ τὴν παρεμβολὴν τῶν ἀλλοφύλων, καὶ ἐφοβήθη, καὶ ἐξέστη ἡ καρδία αὐτοῦ σφόδρα. Καὶ ἐπηρώτησε Σαοὺλ διὰ Κυρίου, καὶ οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ Κύριος ἐν τοῖς ἐνυπνίοις, καὶ ἐν τοῖς δήλοις, καὶ ἐν τοῖς προφήταις. Καὶ εἶπε Σαοὺλ τοῖς παισὶν αὐτοῦ· Ζητήσατέ μοι γυναῖκα ἐγγαστρίμυθον, καὶ πορεύσομαι πρὸς αὐτὴν, καὶ ζητήσω ἐν αὐτῇ. Καὶ εἶπον οἱ παῖδες αὐτοῦ πρὸς αὐτόν· Ἰδοὺ γυνὴ ἐγγαστρίμυθος ἐν Ἀενδώρ. Καὶ συνεκαλύψατο Σαούλ· καὶ περιεβάλετο ἱμάτια ἕτερα, καὶ πορεύεται αὐτὸς καὶ δύο ἄνδρες μετ' αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔρχονται πρὸς τὴν γυναῖκα νυκτὸς, καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῇ· Μάντευσαι δή μοι ἐν τῷ ἐγγαστριμύθῳ, καὶ ἀνάγαγέ μοι ὃν ἐὰν εἴπω σοι. Καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ ἡ γυνή· Ἰδοὺ δὴ σὺ οἶδας ὅσα ἐποίησε Σαοὺλ ὡς ἐξωλόθρευσε τοὺς ἐγγαστριμύθους, καὶ τοὺς γνώστας ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς, καὶ ἱνατί σὺ παγιδεύεις τὴν ψυχήν μου, θανατῶσαι αὐτήν; Καὶ ὤμοσεν αὐτῇ Σαοὺλ, λέγων· Ζῇ Κύριος, εἰ ἀπαντήσεταί σοι ἀδικία ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ. Καὶ εἶπεν ἡ γυνὴ τῷ Σαούλ· Τίνα ἀναγάγω σοι; Καὶ εἶπε· Τὸν Σαμουὴλ ἀνάγαγέ μοι. Καὶ εἶδεν ἡ γυνὴ τὸν Σαμουὴλ, καὶ ἀνεβόησε φωνῇ μεγάλῃ. Καὶ εἶπεν ἡ γυνὴ πρὸς Σαούλ· Ἱνατί παρελογίσω με; καὶ σὺ εἶ Σαούλ. Καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῇ ὁ βασιλεύς· Μὴ φοβοῦ, εἶπον τίνα ἑώρακας. Καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ ἡ γυνή· Θεοὺς ἑώρακα ἀναβαίνοντας ἐκ τῆς γῆς. Καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῇ· Τί ἔγνως; Καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ· Ἄνδρα ὄρθιον ἀναβαίνοντα ἐκ τῆς γῆς, καὶ οὗτος διπλοΐδα ἀναβεβλημένος. Καὶ ἔγνω Σαοὺλ, ὅτι οὗτος Σαμουὴλ, καὶ ἔκυψεν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὴν

Endor: demonic idol of Samuel; God may unveil woes even thus§16

16earth, and worshiped him. And Samuel said: Why have you troubled me to lead me up? And Saul said: I am afflicted very much, and the foreigners are warring against me, and God has stood away from me, and has not still heard me, both in hand of the prophets, and in the dreams; and now I have called you to make known to me what I shall do. And Samuel said: Why do you ask me, and the Lord has stood away from you, and has come to be with your neighbor? and the Lord has done to you as the Lord spoke in my hand; and the Lord will tear your kingdom from your hand, and will give it to your neighbor David; because you did not hear the Lord’s voice, and did not fill his wrath’s anger in Amalek, on account of this the Lord has done the word to you on this day; and the Lord will hand over Israel with you into foreigners’ hands, and tomorrow you and your sons with you will fall, and the Lord will give Israel’s camp into foreigners’ hands.’ Is it then still lawful for you to hesitate, that Saul has melted away condemned by his own votes? For since he was fearing the weakness unto battle of those gathered against him, he was claiming to learn the things about to be from God. And when that one was silent, and unveiling nothing, he turns toward grieving the one who has chosen to be silent. And he arrives unto necromancy, although he had wiped out, it says, the knowers—I mean those thinking to know the things about to be. Then he says: ‘Lead up Samuel for me,’ not as if the charm or the magicians’ art were able to bring the holy one’s soul, but as those divinizing always using such a voice; and I have learned that with certain unspeakable words bewitching the demons, and charming water, they look down upon idols and shadows, and as in a mirror shapes of some, the demons perhaps fashionably molding the figures of those said to be brought up. And indeed the little woman said at the beginnings: I see gods going up from the earth. Then after this: ‘And the woman,’ it says, ‘saw Samuel.’ And nothing hard, that in equal and like shape of blessed Samuel a shadow and idol was seen, formed from demonic working. If then someone should think the prophet’s soul was truly called up, and will vote the true for the little woman’s words, since she says she has also seen gods going up from the earth, then let him also gift the lie to the customs of the divination, yet let him think according to truth that there are also some gods of such a rank who have risen from the earth—although God by nature is one and alone.

Palladius: You have spoken rightly. Yet someone, I think, will say: And yet he has spoken true things about to be when Saul was curious. And no small word has been spent by us proving that the truth is not in unclean spirits.

Cyril: For not then. For some unfitting and uncongenial matter is light and darkness, Christ and Belial; yet to those who provoke and are accustomed to grieve, God unveils, and through those by whom one must least sometimes, the things about to be, holy ange

Greek · §16

γῆν, καὶ προσεκύνησεν αὐτῷ. Καὶ εἶπε Σαμουήλ· Ἱνατί παρηνώχλησάς μοι ἀναβῆναί με; Καὶ εἶπε Σαούλ· Θλίβομαι σφόδρα, καὶ οἱ ἀλλόφυλοι πολεμοῦσιν ἐν ἐμοὶ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς ἀφέστηκεν ἀπ' ἐμοῦ, καὶ οὐκ ἐπακήκοέ μου ἔτι, καὶ ἐν χειρὶ τῶν προφητῶν, καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἐνυπνίοις· καὶ νῦν κέκληκά σε, γνωρίσαι μοι, τί ποιήσω. Καὶ εἶπε Σαμουήλ; Ἱνατί ἐπερωτᾷς με, καὶ Κύριος ἀφέστηκεν ἀπὸ σοῦ, καὶ γέγονε μετὰ τοῦ πλησίον σου; καὶ πεποίηκε Κύριός σοι, καθὼς ἐλάλησε Κύριος ἐν χειρί μου· καὶ διαῤῥήξει Κύριος τὴν βασιλείαν σου ἐκ χειρός σου, καὶ δώσει αὐτὴν τῷ πλησίον σου τῷ Δαβίδ· διότι οὐκ ἤκουσας φωνῆς Κυρίου, καὶ οὐκ ἐπλήρωσας θυμὸν ὀργῆς αὐτοῦ ἐν Ἀμαλὴκ, διὰ τοῦτο τὸ ῥῆμα ἐποίησε Κύριός σοι ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ταύτῃ· καὶ παραδώσει Κύριος τὸν Ἰσραὴλ μετὰ σοῦ εἰς χεῖρας ἀλλοφύλων, καὶ αὔριον σὺ, καὶ οἱ υἱοί σου μετὰ σοῦ πεσοῦνται, καὶ τὴν παρεμβολὴν Ἰσραὴλ δώσει Κύριος εἰς χεῖρας ἀλλοφύλων.» Ἆρά σοι λοιπὸν ἐνδοιάσαι θέμις, ὅτι ταῖς ἑαυτοῦ ψήφοις κατεγνωσμένος ἐκτέτηκεν ὁ Σαούλ; Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἐδεδίει τῶν ἠθροισμένων ἐφ' ἑαυτῷ τὸ ἀσθενὲς εἰς μάχην, μανθάνειν ἠξίου τὰ ἐσόμενα παρὰ Θεοῦ. Σεσιωπηκότος δὲ, καὶ ἀποκαλύπτοντος οὐδὲν, τρέπεται πρὸς τὸ λυπεῖν τὸν σιωπᾷν ᾑρημένον. Ἀφικνεῖται δὲ πρὸς νεκυομαντείαν, καίτοι τοὺς γνώστας δέ φημι τοὺς οἰομένους εἰδέναι τὰ ἐσόμενα. Εἶτά φησιν· «Ἀνάγαγέ μοι τὸν Σαμουὴλ,» οὐχ ὡς τῆς ἐπῳδῆς ἤτοι τῆς μάγων τέχνης, τὴν τοῦ ἁγίου ψυχὴν παρενεγκεῖν δυναμένης, ἀλλ' ὡς ἀεὶ τῶν μαντευομένων τῇ τοιᾷδε κεχρημένων φωνῇ· ἐπυθόμην δὲ ὅτι λόγοις τισὶν ἀποῤῥήτοις καταγοητεύοντες τὰ δαιμόνια, καὶ ὕδατι κατεπᾴδοντες, εἴδωλα καὶ σκιὰς, καὶ ὡς ἐν ἐσόπτρῳ μορφὰς καταθεῶνταί τινων, τάχα που τῶν δαιμονίων καταπλαττομένων ἀστείως τὰ τῶν λεγομένων ἀνακομιεῖσθαι σχήματα. Καὶ γοῦν ἔφη μὲν ἐν ἀρχαῖς τὸ γύναιον· Ὁρῶ θεοὺς ἀναβαίνοντας ἐκ τῆς γῆς. Εἶτα μὲν τοῦτο· «Καὶ εἶδε,» φησὶν, «ἡ γυνὴ τὸν Σαμουήλ.» Χαλεπὸν δὲ οὐδὲν, ἐν ἴσῳ τε καὶ ὁμοίῳ σχήματι τοῦ μακαρίου Σαμουὴλ σκιὰν ὀφθῆναι καὶ εἴδωλον, ἐκ δαιμονιώδους ἐνεργείας μεμορφωμένον. Εἴπερ οὖν οἴοιτό τις ἀνακεκλῆσθαι κατὰ τὸ ἀληθὲς τὴν τοῦ προφήτου ψυχὴν, καὶ τοῖς τοῦ γυναίου λόγοις ἐπιψηφιεῖται τὸ ἀληθὲς, ἐπειδὴ καὶ θεοὺς ἀναβαίνοντας ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς τεθεᾶσθαί φησιν, καὶ τοῖς τῆς μαντείας ἔθεσι χαριζέσθω τὸ ψεῦδος, ἀλλ' οἰέσθω κατὰ ἀλήθειαν καὶ θεοὺς εἶναί τινας τῆς τοιαύτης τάξεως τοὺς ἀνασχόντας ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς, καίτοι Θεοῦ κατὰ φύσιν ὄντος ἑνός τε καὶ μόνου.

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Ἔφης μὲν ὀρθῶς. Ἐρεῖ δὲ οὖν, οἶμαι, τὶς, Καίτοι λελάληκεν ἀληθῆ φιλοπευστοῦντος τοῦ Σαοὺλ ἐσόμενα. Οὐ μικρὸς δὲ ἡμῖν δεδαπάνηται λόγος ἀπελέγχων ὅτι οὐκ ἐν ἀκαθάρτοις πνεύμασιν ἡ ἀλήθεια.

{ΚΥΡ.} Οὐ γὰρ οὖν. Ἀνάρμοστον γὰρ χρῆμά τι καὶ ἀσυμφυὲς, φῶς καὶ σκότος, Χριστὸς καὶ Βελιάλ· τοῖς γε μὴν παροτρύνουσι καὶ καταλυπεῖν εἰωθόσιν, ἀποκαλύπτει Θεὸς, καὶ δι' ὧν ἥκιστα χρὴ ἔσθ' ὅτε, τὰ ἐσόμενα, ἐνηχούντων κατὰ τὸ εἰκὸς ἁγίων ἀγγέ

Foreknowledge as firstfruit of wrath; Balaam hired to curse§17

17ls sounding according to likelihood into a human mind, which things if those who have chosen to be curious should learn, they will melt very much, and as it were some firstfruit of the wrath and justice hung over them they undergo the foreknowledge. For upon holy prophets he rests, and often shares, not only the gloomy things alone, and upon which someone having scowled would sit of tears, but also as many as will be for some unto good-cheer and fair-day; yet to unholy and most accursed love-diviners he thoroughly unveils the evils about to be for themselves.

Palladius: And what or from where would the assurance of these things be for us?

Cyril: From the sacred Letters; for a type and manner of mystagogy has been written for us—the things that befell the more ancient. Or do you not know that Balak the of Zippor, the tyrant of Moabites and Midianites, having dreaded Israel’s unconquerable and unbroken multitude, and having believed he would at once be destroyed together with the other nations, was hiring Balaam? ‘Come then,’ saying, ‘curse Israel for me.’ And when the ambassadors had come: ‘Lodge the night,’ he says, ‘and I will answer you a matter which the Lord should speak toward me.’ And seeking cold and demonic dreamlets, and expecting things happening for him perhaps from a charm and also sorcery, he said the Lord would speak to him; for he was pretending to call-upon-God. Yet even if the sacred Letter uses the customary voices of the sorcerers, we would not think, thinking rightly, that God who is by nature and truly sends the true as from love into profane souls, and talks toward a foul man and sorcerer and idolater. Yet, ‘God came,’ it says, ‘toward Balaam, and said to him: What are these humans beside you?’ And when that one had announced the cause of the arrival, ‘God said,’ it says, ‘toward Balaam: You will not go with them, nor will you curse the people; for it is blessed.’ Behold clearly from God’s person the blessed angel turns away the deceiver and empty-speaker sorcerer from seeking to curse the one blessed beside God, and from setting opposite the votes from above the inventions from human ill-counsel—not as if the curse were strong to wrong, but in order that the one who has unreasonably received such a hope might be clearly and evidently informed, and through him, that Israel would never become catchable for Moabites or Midianites, God shielding and contending, and walling with favors the people clinging to him and having been blessed. Yet these things the divine angel both said and was commanding to do; and when the diviner was baited by the promises of gifts unto needing to walk, having perhaps also truly supposed he would be strong, the blessed angel allows to go, yet was seen in the middle of the road, with a flashing sword, teaching clearly that the war for him is toward both God and angels, if he should wish to curse the blessed ones. And when he had arrived toward the Midianite, he was raising altars, and

Greek · §17

λων εἰς ἀνθρώπινον νοῦν, ἅπερ ἂν εἰ μάθοιεν οἱ φιλοπευστεῖν ᾑρημένοι, κατατακήσονται λίαν, καὶ ἀπαρχὴν ὥσπερ τινὰ τῆς σφίσιν ἐπηρτημένης ὀργῆς τε καὶ δίκης ὑπομένουσι τὴν πρόγνωσιν. Ἁγίοις μὲν γὰρ προφήταις ἐπαναπαύεται, καὶ ἀνακοινοῦται πολλάκις, οὐχὶ δὴ μόνα τὰ σκυθρωπὰ, καὶ οἷσπερ ἄν τις ἐπιστυγνάσας καθίσει δακρύων, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅσα πρὸς εὐθυμίας καὶ εὐημερίας ἔσται τισίν· ἀνοσίοις δὲ καὶ ἐναγεστάτοις φιλομάντεσι, τὰ σφίσιν αὐτοῖς ἐσόμενα διεκκαλύπτει κακά.

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Καὶ τίς ἢ πόθεν ἂν γένοιτο τούτων ἡμῖν ἡ πίστις;

{ΚΥΡ.} Ἀπό γε τῶν ἱερῶν Γραμμάτων· τύπος γὰρ ἡμῖν καὶ μυσταγωγίας ἀνεγράφη τρόπος, τὰ τοῖς ἀρχαιοτέροις συμβεβηκότα. Ἢ γὰρ οὐκ οἶσθα, ὅτι Βαλὰκ ὁ τοῦ Σεπφὼρ, ὁ Μωαβιτῶν καὶ Μαδιηναίων τύραννος, τὴν ἀκαταγώνιστόν τε καὶ ἄθραυστον τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ κατοῤῥωδήσας πληθὺν, καὶ αὐτίκα δὴ μάλα τοῖς ἑτέροις ἔθνεσι συνδιόλλυσθαι πεπιστευκὼς, κατεμισθοῦτο τὸν Βαλαάμ; «Δεῦρο δὴ,» λέγων, «ἐπάρασαί μοι τὸν Ἰσραήλ. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἧκον οἱ πρέσβεις· Καταλύσατε αὐτοῦ,» φησὶ, «τὴν νύκτα, καὶ ἀποκριθήσομαι ὑμῖν πρᾶγμα ὃ ἐὰν λαλήσῃ Κύριος πρός με.» Ὀνειράτια δὲ ψυχρὰ καὶ δαιμονιώδη ζητῶν, καὶ ἐξ ἐπῳδῆς τάχα που καὶ μαγγανείας αὐτῷ συμβαίνοντα προσδοκῶν, Κύριον ἔφη λαλήσειν αὐτῷ· θεοκλυτεῖν γὰρ ἐσκήπτετο. Ἀλλ' εἰ καὶ ταῖς συνήθεσι τῶν γοήτων φωναῖς τὸ Γράμμα χρῆται τὸ ἱερὸν, οὐκ ἂν οἰηθείημεν ὀρθῶς φρονοῦντες, Θεὸν τὸν φύσει καὶ ἀληθῶς ταῖς βεβήλων ἐνιέναι ψυχαῖς ὡς ἐξ ἀγάπης τὸ ἀληθὲς, καὶ ἀνδρὶ μυσαρῷ καὶ γόητι καὶ εἰδωλολάτρῃ προσλαλεῖν. Πλὴν, «Ἦλθε,» φησὶν, «ὁ Θεὸς πρὸς Βαλαὰμ, καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ· Τί οἱ ἄνθρωποι οὗτοι παρὰ σοί;» Τοῦ δὲ τῆς ἀφίξεως τὴν αἰτίαν ἀπηγγελκότος, «Εἶπε,» φησὶν, «ὁ Θεὸς πρὸς Βαλαάμ· Οὐ πορεύσῃ μετ' αὐτῶν, οὐδ' οὐ μὴ καταράσῃ τὸν λαόν· ἔστι γὰρ εὐλογημένος.» Ἰδοὺ δὴ σαφῶς ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ μακάριος ἄγγελος τὸν ἀπατεῶνα καὶ εἰκαιόμυθον ἀποτρέπει γόητα τὸν εὐλογημένον παρὰ Θεῷ μὴ ἐπαρᾶσθαι ζητεῖν, μηδὲ ταῖς ἄνωθεν ἀντεξάγειν ψήφοις τὰ ἐξ ἀνθρωπίνης δυσβουλίας εὑρέματα, οὐχ ὡς τῆς ἀρᾶς ἰσχυούσης ἀδικεῖν, ἀλλ' ἵνα σαφῶς τε καὶ ἐναργῶς ὁ τὴν τοιαύτην ἐλπίδα παραλόγως εἰσδεδεγμένος, πληροφοροῖτο, καὶ δι' αὐτοῦ, ὡς οὐκ ἂν γένοιτό ποτε Μωαβίταις ἢ Μαδιηναίοις ἁλώσιμος ὁ Ἰσραὴλ, προασπίζοντός τε καὶ ὑπεραθλοῦντος Θεοῦ, καὶ ταῖς εὐμενείαις ἀνατειχίζοντος τὸν αὐτῷ προσκείμενον καὶ εὐλογηθέντα λαόν. Ἀλλὰ ταυτὶ μὲν ὁ θεσπέσιος ἄγγελος ἔφη τε καὶ δρᾷν ἐνετέλλετο· ἐπειδὴ δὲ ταῖς τῶν δώρων ὑποσχέσεσιν ἐπὶ τῷ χρῆναι βαδίζειν ὁ μάντις ἐδελεάζετο, τάχα που καὶ ἀληθῶς ἰσχύσειν ὑπειληφὼς, ἰέναι μὲν ἐφίησιν ὁ μακάριος ἄγγελος, κατὰ μέσην δὲ ὤφθη τὴν ὁδὸν, συναστραπτούσῃ ῥομφαίᾳ, διδάσκων ἐναργῶς ὡς ὁ πόλεμος αὐτῷ πρός τε Θεὸν καὶ ἀγγέλους, εἰ ἐπαρᾶσθαι βούλοιτο τοὺς εὐλογημένους. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἀφῖκτο πρὸς τὸν Μαδιηναῖον, βωμοὺς μὲν ἀνίστη, καὶ

Balaam blesses; God scatters false prophecy; stars cannot save§18

18was ordering to sacrifice oxen; yet at once he was a prophet, not the customary and false-speaker, but by a divine and unspeakable power he was turned contrary to hope toward the opposite. For he was cursing not at all, yet was rather blessing Israel, and sends bitter griefs into Balak. And it has been written thus: that ‘Balak was wroth and clapped with his hands, and Balak said toward Balaam: I have called you to curse my enemy, and behold blessing you have blessed this third time. And Balaam said toward Balak: Did I not also speak to your messengers whom you sent toward me, saying: If Balak should give me his house full of silver and gold, I will not be able to pass by the Lord’s word to do it good or evil from myself? as many as God should say to me, these I will say.’ Customary then for the false-diviners also to use voices so deceptive, considering that altogether and in every way they will say the true to those wishing to be curious. Yet understand that saying the exact is foreign to the enchanter’s and magician’s art; and it would sometimes be added from God upon terribly putting to sleep the profane souls by the foretelling of the things about to be.

Palladius: I am persuaded.

Cyril: For that God has hated and loosens such—or rather sorceries and empty-speakings—would become clear when he says: ‘I am the Lord God;’ and besides these: ‘Who else will scatter signs of ventriloquists and the prophecies from a heart, turning wise ones backward, and making foolish their counsel, and standing words of his child and making true the counsel of his angels?’ For the prophecies from a heart he shows stale and false-speaking; yet of his own child—that is Christ—he stands every word; and the counsel of his angels—that is, as many as the heralds of the faith upon him should wish to speak—these he shows all full of truth, witnessing with signs and wonders, and the other workings of the Spirit. And he said somewhere again, reproaching some for the things adulterated by God’s law: ‘Stand then in your charms, and in your much pharmacy, which you were learning from your youth, if you will be able to be benefited; you have toiled in your counsels; let them stand and save you—the astrologers of the heaven, those seeing the stars; let them announce to you what is about to come upon you.’ You see then how God convicts the cursed star-sorcery as worthy of laughter and altogether useless. And that again the unerring would fit him and him alone, and the readiness unto words about the things expected to be without wandering, hear him saying through Isaiah’s voice: ‘Remember these things, and groan; repent, you who have wandered, turn in the heart, and remember the former things from the age; that I am God, and there is not besides me; announcing beforehand the last things before they come to be, and at once it was finished. And I said:

Greek · §18

βουθυτεῖν ἐκέλευε· προφήτης δὲ ἦν εὐθὺς, οὐχ ὁ συνήθης, καὶ ψευδηγόρος, ἀλλὰ θείᾳ τε καὶ ἀποῤῥήτῳ δυνάμει παρετρέπετο παρ' ἐλπίδα πρὸς τὸ ἐναντίον. Ἐπηρᾶτο μὲν γὰρ οὐδαμῶς, ηὐλόγει δὲ μᾶλλον τὸν Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ πικραῖς ἐνίησι λύπαις τὸν Βαλάκ. Γέγραπται δὲ οὕτως· ὅτι «Ἐθυμώθη Βαλὰκ καὶ συνεκρότησε ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἶπε Βαλὰκ πρὸς Βαλαάμ· Καταράσασθαι τὸν ἐχθρόν μου κέκληκά σε, καὶ ἰδοὺ εὐλογῶν ηὐλόγησας τούτῳ τρίτῳ. Καὶ εἶπε Βαλαὰμ πρὸς Βαλάκ· Οὐχὶ καὶ τοῖς ἀγγέλοις σου οἷς ἀπέστειλας πρός με ἐλάλησα, λέγων· Ἐάν μοι δῷ Βαλὰκ πλήρη τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ ἀργυρίου καὶ χρυσίου, οὐ δυνήσομαι παραβῆναι τὸ ῥῆμα Κυρίου ποιῆσαι αὐτὸ καλὸν ἢ πονηρὸν παρ' ἑαυτοῦ; ὅσα ἂν εἴπῃ μοι Θεὸς, ταῦτα ἐρῶ.» Σύνηθες μὲν οὖν τοῖς ψευδομάντεσι, καὶ ταῖς οὕτως ἀπατηλαῖς κεχρῆσθαι φωναῖς, σκεπτομένοις ὅτι πάντη τε καὶ πάντως τοῖς φιλοπευστεῖν ἐθέλουσιν, ἐροῦσι τὸ ἀληθές. Σύνες δὲ ὅτι τὸ φάναι τὸ ἀτρεκὲς ἀλλότριον τῆς ἐπαοιδοῦ τε καὶ μάγου τέχνης· προσγένοιτο δ' ἂν ἔσθ' ὅτε παρὰ Θεοῦ ἐπὶ τῷ τὰς τῶν βεβήλων ψυχὰς, τῇ τῶν ἐσομένων προαγορεύσει δεινῶς κατακομίζοντος.

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Πείθομαι.

{ΚΥΡ.} Ὅτι γὰρ μεμίσηκε καὶ παραλύει Θεὸς τὰς τοιαύτας ἤτουν γοητείας καὶ εἰκαιομυθίας, σαφὲς ἂν γένοιτο λέγοντος αὐτοῦ· «Ἐγὼ Κύριος ὁ Θεός·» καὶ προσέτι τούτοις· «Τίς ἕτερος διασκεδάσει σημεῖα ἐγγαστριμύθων καὶ τὰς μαντείας ἀπὸ καρδίας, ἀποστρέφων φρονίμους εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω, καὶ τὴν βουλὴν αὐτῶν μωρεύων, καὶ ἱστῶν ῥήματα παιδὸς αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν βουλὴν τῶν ἀγγέλων αὐτοῦ ἀληθεύων;» Μαντείας μὲν γὰρ τὰς ἀπὸ καρδίας, ἑώλους τε καὶ ψευδοεπεῖς ἀποφαίνει· τοῦ γε μὴν ἰδίου παιδὸς, τουτέστι Χριστοῦ, πάντα μὲν ἵστησι λόγον· τὴν δὲ βουλὴν τῶν ἀγγέλων αὐτοῦ, τουτέστιν, ἃ ἂν βούλοιντο λαλεῖν, οἱ τῆς ἐπ' αὐτοῦ πίστεως κήρυκες, ταῦτα δὲ πάντα ἀληθείας ἔμπλεω δεικνύει, σημείοις τε καὶ τέρασι προσμαρτυρῶν, καὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις τοῦ Πνεύματος ἐνεργείαις. Ἔφη δέ που πάλιν, κατονειδίζων τισὶ τὰ Θεοῦ νόμῳ κεκιβδηλευμένα· «Στῆθι τοίνυν ἐν ταῖς ἐπαοιδαῖς σου, καὶ τῇ πολλῇ φαρμακείᾳ σου, ἃ ἐμάνθανες ἐκ νεότητός σου, εἰ δυνήσῃ ὠφεληθῆναι· κεκοπίακας ἐν ταῖς βουλαῖς σου, στήτωσαν καὶ σωσάτωσάν σε οἱ ἀστρολόγοι τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, οἱ ὁρῶντες τοὺς ἀστέρας, ἀναγγειλάτωσάν σοι ὅ τι μέλλει ἐπὶ σὲ ἔρχεσθαι.» Ὁρᾷς οὖν ὡς γέλωτος ἀξίαν καὶ ἀνωφελῆ παντελῶς τὴν ἐπάρατον ἀστρογοητείαν ἀπελέγχει Θεός. Ὅτι δὲ πάλιν πρέποι ἂν αὐτῷ καὶ μόνῳ τὸ νημερτὲς, καὶ τὸ ἕτοιμον εἰς λόγους τοὺς περὶ τῶν ἔσεσθαι προσδοκωμένων ἀπλανῶς, ἄκουε λέγοντος διὰ φωνῆς Ἡσαΐου· «Μνήσθητε ταῦτα, καὶ στενάξατε· μετανοήσατε, οἱ πεπλανημένοι, ἐπιστρέψατε τῇ καρδίᾳ, καὶ μνήσθητε τὰ πρότερα ἀπὸ τοῦ αἰῶνος· ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι Θεὸς, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν πλὴν ἐμοῦ· ἀναγγέλλων πρότερον τὰ ἔσχατα πρὶν αὐτὰ γενέσθαι, καὶ ἅμα συνετελέσθη. Καὶ εἶπα·

God alone foretells; fire-purification mocked; Greek myths§19

19All my counsel will stand, and all as many as I wish, I will do.’ Alone then from our side will be laid down for the God beyond all, the being able both clearly to discern, and to foretell without wandering the things about to be; yet otherwise nonsense and old-wives’ little myths, buffooneries and trickings, the things from others, who having corrupted the mind speak the things from their own heart, according as it has been written, and make the lie a starting-point of money-talk.

Palladius: True. For it holds thus, and not otherwise.

Cyril: We will hold off then also from this, and having left a twisted path, we will walk the one unto the straight, clinging to God single-turned, and voting the truth for the saints’ voices.

Palladius: Very much.

Cyril: And why will we not also count that hated besides these, and say it is a portion of Greek godlessness—the loving somehow to be purified around by fire and water, and by some other such manners?

Palladius: And very much. Therefore also a divine oracle said clearly: ‘There will not be found in you one purifying his son or his daughter in fire.’

Cyril: How well the law was sounding these things to us, and refused the doing! For I think the matter is full of emptiness, and lacking the all-best and wise reasoning; for in what manner will fire’s nature benefit us? and torches running around in a circle how would they lift out the one who has sinned? For of bronze or then of some other such material, fire’s cast melts out the filth. Yet of mind and soul’s profanation, in what manner will it make disappear? Are these things then not already of laughter, and inventions of empty thoughts?

Palladius: Altogether so.

Cyril: And I would say as most sweetly to the select of Greeks, who have become inventors of such shameful practices, and introducers to the others: What then doing, O noble and wise ones, that Tityos whom you say was born from earth, you punish in Hades, setting vultures around him as diners of the livers, because having admired a little woman’s beauty he was sick with the desire? And for Tantalus you say a stone has been hung, and you mythologize to the young that he pays justices of an unbridled tongue? And having bound Ixion with long and always-moving turns of a wheel, you say he endures a penalty upon this, not out of tune with the gods from your deceit; yet yourselves and others although having fallen into terrible and most out-of-place evils, you free with fire and shoots, as you somehow think, and gift the washing-off of the charges, although very much condemned. And for Tityos, tell me, and those just now named, have you set a hard and inescapable justice—the perhaps coming to be in lack of fire? And indeed the most thieving according to you and carrier of fire to humans—I mean Prometheus, if somehow that one also was at all—was rich with fire’s use, and before

Greek · §19

Πᾶσά μου ἡ βουλὴ στήσεται, καὶ πάντα ὅσα βούλομαι, ποιήσω.» Μόνῳ δὴ οὖν ἀνακείσεται πρὸς ἡμῶν τῷ πάντων ἐπέκεινα Θεῷ, τὸ διειδέναι τε σαφῶς, καὶ προαγορεύειν ἀπλανῶς δύνασθαι τὰ ἐσόμενα· ὕθλοι δὲ ἄλλως καὶ γραώδη μυθάρια, βωμολοχίαι τε καὶ φενακισμοὶ, τὰ παρ' ἑτέρων, οἳ τὸν νοῦν παρεφθορότες τὰ ἀπὸ καρδίας αὐτῶν λαλοῦσι, κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον, καὶ ἀργυρολογίας ἀφορμὴν ποιοῦνται τὸ ψεῦδος.

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Ἀληθές. Ἔχει γὰρ ὧδε, καὶ οὐχ ἑτέρως.

{ΚΥΡ.} Ἀφεξόμεθα δὴ οὖν καὶ τοῦδε, καὶ οἶμον ἀφέντες τὴν διεστραμμένην, βαδιούμεθα τὴν ἐπ' εὐθὺ, Θεῷ μονοτρόπως προσκείμενοι, καὶ ταῖς τῶν ἁγίων φωναῖς ἐπιψηφιζόμενοι τὴν ἀλήθειαν.

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Καὶ μάλα.

{ΚΥΡ.} Τί δὲ οὐχὶ κἀκεῖνο πρὸς τούτοις ἡγησόμεθα στυγητὸν, μοῖράν τε εἶναί φαμεν Ἑλληνικῆς ἀθεότητος, τό τε περικαθαίρεσθαι φιλεῖν τάχα που πυρὶ καὶ ὕδατι, καὶ ἑτέροις τισὶ τοιούτοις τρόποις;

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Καὶ μάλιστά γε. Τοιγάρτοι καὶ θεῖον ἔφη χρησμῴδημα σαφῶς· «Οὐχ εὑρεθήσεται ἐν σοὶ περικαθαίρων τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἢ τὴν θυγατέρα αὐτοῦ ἐν πυρί.»

{ΚΥΡ.} Ὡς εὖ γε ἡμῖν ὁ νόμος προσεφώνει ταυτὶ, καὶ ἀπέφησε τὸ δρᾷν! Εἰκαιότητος γὰρ οἶμαι τὸ χρῆμα μεστὸν, καὶ λογισμοῦ τητώμενον τοῦ παναρίστου καὶ σοφοῦ· ὀνήσει γὰρ κατὰ τίνα δὴ τρόπον ἡ πυρὸς ἡμᾶς φύσις; καὶ δᾷδες ἐν κύκλῳ περιθέουσαι πῶς ἂν ἐξέλοιντο τὸν ἡμαρτηκότα; Χαλκοῦ μὲν γὰρ ἤγουν ἑτέρας τοιαύτης τινὸς ὕλης, ἐκτήκει τὸν ῥύπον ἡ πυρὸς βολή. Νοῦ δὲ καὶ ψυχῆς βεβήλωσιν, τίνα τρόπον ἀφανιεῖ; Ἆρ' οὖν, οὐ γέλωτος ἤδη ταυτὶ, καὶ φληνάφων ἐννοιῶν εὑρέματα;

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Παντάπασι μὲν οὖν.

{ΚΥΡ.} Φαίην δ' ἂν ὡς ἥδιστα τοῖς Ἑλλήνων λογάσιν, οἳ τῶν τοιούτων αἰσχρῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων εὑρεταὶ γεγόνασι, καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις εἰσηγηταί· Τί δὴ ἄρα δρῶντες, ὦ γενναῖοι καὶ σοφοὶ, τὸν μὲν Τιτυὸν ἐκεῖνον, ὃν ἐκφύναι λέγετε γῆς, εἰς ᾅδου κολάζετε, γῦπας αὐτῷ περιιστάντες τῶν ἡπάτων δαιτυμόνας, ὥραν ὅτι γυναίου τεθαυμακὼς ἠῤῥώστησε τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν; Ταντάλῳ δὲ λίθον ἐπηρτῆσθαί φατε, καὶ γλώττης αὐτὸν ἀκολάστου εἰσπράττεσθαι δίκας μυθολογεῖτε τοῖς νέοις; κύκλου δὲ μακραῖς καὶ ἀεικινήτοις περιστροφαῖς, τὸν Ἰξίονα καταδήσαντες, ποινὴν ἀνατλῆναι ἐπὶ τῷδέ φατε, τοῖς ἐξ ἀπάτης ὑμῶν οὐκ ἀπᾴδουσαν θεοῖς, σφᾶς δὲ αὐτοὺς καὶ ἑτέρους καίτοι δεινοῖς καὶ ἐκτοπωτάτοις ἐναλόντας κακοῖς, πυρὶ καὶ θαλλοῖς ἀπαλλάττετε, καθάπερ οἴεσθέ που, καὶ τῶν ἐγκλημάτων χαρίζεσθε τὴν ἀπόνιψιν, καί τοι ἄγαν κατεγνωσμένοις. Τιτυῷ δὲ, εἰπέ μοι, καὶ τοῖς ἀρτίως ὠνομασμένοις, τὸ ἐν ἐνδείᾳ τάχα που γενέσθαι πυρὸς, σκληρὰν καὶ ἀδιεξίτητον ἐπίθετε δίκην; Καὶ μὴν ὅ γε καθ' ὑμᾶς κλεπτίστατος καὶ πυρὸς ἀνθρώποις διακομιστὴς, τὸν Προμηθέα λέγω, εἴ τίς περ ὅλως κἀκεῖνος ἦν, τὴν πυρὸς ἐπλούτει χρῆσιν, καὶ πρό γε

Prometheus aside; real stains vs fire/water; gnat and camel§20

20the others; yet the myths beside you sing that he also has been wrapped in unbreakable bonds; and indeed they say hook-clawed vultures also flew upon him, as indeed also upon Tityos, terrible and wild punishers. Give then, give the cleansing through fire, not to those alone, but if also some of you should rage upon others’ daughters, or wives, doing what is not lawful, let these also having been freed from the charge by fire escape together with the stumblings the indictments; yet upon others at once courts and writings, and the evil-hating of the laws is shaken, yet yourselves practicing the all-shameful and foul-smelling life without discernment, you think to free from every pollution, having been deceived by cold and childish playthings, and taking as helpers unto this those most foul of the others; who also together with the figure, having let go the man-fitting word, are brought down toward women’s habits and manners both in bodies and judgments. Then in what manner will such a one purify? for being disposed thus, you will do some such thing, as if someone also seemed to perfume himself, yet having been smeared with some most unordered mire, then should think to set right and very well what had come unto his mind.

Palladius: You speak well; and I would agree with you speaking true things.

Cyril: And I pass by the folly in this at least, and will be silent for now about the servants of the cleansing, yet I go again unto the matter itself; and indeed I will also say that one would catch the worshipers of the demons living most mindlessly and most unlearnedly, neither understanding the manner of the wiping-out, nor indeed having exacted what ever pollution and profanation is according to truth; for adulteries and the still wilder passions than these, male-intercourses and murders, slanders and envies, false-prophecies and deceits, trickery and false-oath, would be stains and pollutions defiling soul and body, and having a hard-to-wash-out casting-out. Yet neither fire, nor springs of waters would wipe these things. And having left, I think somewhere, even only to know that they spot a soul, and make the mind full of foul smell, they stand off from dead bodies, and abominate the corrupted, dishonoring nature’s laws. And indeed also of foods which they should choose according to themselves they condemn understandingly, and if it should happen perhaps, even unwillingly to touch, at once leaping up they go upon the cleansing through fire or water, as if if they should only hold off from these, they will be holy and sincere. For they have been defeated thus of the glory, and have stood out of wits, upon which things one would also say very reasonably: ‘Woe to you, reinless and unlearned ones, straining out the gnat, yet gulping down the camel.’ For counting worthy of no word what knows how truly to defile, they have shuddered superfluously at the things upon which someone undergoes no harm.

Greek · §20

τῶν ἄλλων· ἀῤῥήκτοις δὲ καὶ αὐτὸν ἐνειλῆφθαι δεσμοῖς οἱ παρ' ὑμῖν ᾄδουσι μῦθοι· καὶ μὴν καὶ γαμψώνυχας ἐπιπτῆναι αἰγυπιοὺς λέγουσι, καθάπερ ἀμέλει καὶ Τιτυῷ, δεινοὺς καὶ ἀγρίους τοὺς κολαστάς. Δότε δὴ, δότε τὴν διὰ πυρὸς κάθαρσιν, οὐχὶ δὴ μόνοις ἐκείνοις, ἀλλ' εἰ καί τινες ὑμῶν ἢ θυγατράσιν ἑτέρων, ἢ γυναιξὶν ἐπιμαίνοιντο, δρῶντες ἃ μὴ θέμις, καὶ οὗτοι πυρὶ τῆς αἰτίας ἀπηλλαγμένοι, συνδιαφευγόντων τοῖς πταίσμασι τὰς γραφάς· ἀλλ' ἐφ' ἑτέροις μὲν εὐθὺς δικαστήρια καὶ γραφαὶ, καὶ ἡ τῶν νόμων σαλεύεται μισοπονηρία, ἑαυτοὺς δὲ τὴν πάναισχρον καὶ δυσώδη ζωὴν ἀδιακρίτως ἐπιτηδεύοντας, παντὸς ἀπαλλάττειν οἴεσθε μολυσμοῦ, ψυχροῖς καὶ μειρακιώδεσιν ἀθύρμασιν ἐξηπατημένοι, καὶ ὑπηρέτας εἰς τοῦτο λαμβάνοντες τοὺς ὅτι μάλιστα τῶν ἄλλων μυσαρωτάτους· οἳ καὶ ὁμοῦ τῷ σχήματι, τὸν ἀνδροπρεπῆ μεθέντες λόγον, καταβιβάζονται πρὸς τὰ γυναικῶν ἤθη τε καὶ τρόπους σώματά τε καὶ γνώμας. Εἶτα τίνα τρόπον ὁ τοιοῦτος ἀφαγνιεῖ; διακείμενοι γὰρ ὡδὶ, τοιόνδε τι δράσετε, ὡς εἰ καὶ τὸ τυχόν τις ἐδόκει καταμυρίζεσθαι μὲν, βορβόρῳ δέ τῳ ἀκοσμοτάτῳ κατακεχρισμένος, εἶτα κατορθοῦν οἴοιτο καὶ σφόδρα καλῶς τό γε εἰς νοῦν ἧκον αὐτῷ.

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Εὖ λέγεις· καὶ συναινέσαιμι ἂν ἀληθῆ λέγοντί σοι.

{ΚΥΡ.} Καὶ παρίημι μὲν τὴν ἔν γε τούτῳ μωρίαν, καὶ σιγήσω τέως τοὺς τῆς καθάρσεως ὑπουργοὺς, ἐπ' αὐτὸ δὲ εἶμι τὸ χρῆμα πάλιν· καὶ δὴ καὶ ἐρῶ, ὡς ἀνούστατά τε καὶ ἀμαθέστατα βιοῦν ἑλομένους, καταφωράσαιτό τις ἂν τοὺς τῶν δαιμονίων προσκυνητὰς, καὶ μήτε τὸν τοῦ ἐκσμήξασθαι νοοῦντας τρόπον, μήτε μὴν ἠκριβωκότας, ὅ τί ποτέ ἐστι κατὰ ἀλήθειαν μολυσμὸς καὶ βεβήλωσις· μοιχεῖαί τε γὰρ καὶ τὰ ἔτι τούτων ἀγριώτερα πάθη, ἀῤῥενομιξίαι καὶ φόνοι, καταλαλιαὶ καὶ φθόνοι, ψευδομαντεῖαι καὶ δόλοι, ἀπάτη καὶ ψευδορκία, κηλίδες ἂν εἶεν καὶ μολυσμοὶ ψυχὴν καὶ σῶμα καταμιαίνουσαι, καὶ δυσαπόνιπτον ἔχουσαι τὴν ἐκβολήν. Ἀλλὰ ταυτὶ μὲν οὔτε πῦρ, οὔτ' ἂν ὑδάτων πηγαὶ διασμήξειαν. Παρέντες δὲ, οἶμαί που, καὶ τὸ εἰδέναι μόνον, ὅτι σπιλοῦσι ψυχὴν, καὶ δυσωδίας ἔμπλεω ἀποτελοῦσι τὸν νοῦν, νεκρῶν ἀποφοιτῶσι σωμάτων, καὶ καταμυσάττονται τὸ κατεφθαρμένον, τοὺς τῆς φύσεως ἀτιμάζοντες νόμους. Καὶ μὴν καὶ ἐδωδίμων ὧν ἂν ἕλοιντο κατὰ σφᾶς αὐτοὺς συνετῶς καταγινώσκουσι, κἂν εἰ συμβαίη τυχὸν, καὶ οὐχ ἑκόντας θίγειν, εὐθὺς ἀναθρώσκοντες ἐπὶ τὴν διὰ πυρὸς ἢ ὕδατος ἴενται κάθαρσιν, ὡς ἂν εἰ μόνον ἀπόσχοιντο τούτων, ἅγιοί τε καὶ εἰλικρινεῖς ἐσόμενοι. Ἥττηνται γὰρ ὧδε τῆς δόξης, καὶ ἐξεστήκασι φρενῶν, ἐφ' οἷς ἂν λέγοιτο καὶ σφόδρα εἰκότως· «Οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, ἐξήνιοί τε καὶ ἀμαθεῖς, διυλίζοντες τὸν κώνωπα, τὴν δὲ κάμηλον καταπίνοντες.» Λόγου γὰρ ἀξιοῦντες οὐδενὸς τό γε ὡς ἀληθῶς καταμολύνειν εἰδὸς, καταπεφρίκασι περιττῶς τὰ ἐφ' οἷς ἄν τις οὐδὲν ὑπομένει τὸ βλάβος.

Burial Phoebizing; true cleansing Christ Spirit baptism§21

21So that even if someone of them should go upon a tomb, and throw himself upon the signs of the dead, having cast off a garment, he strips the head, and shearing it as the hair having been polluted—from which things that it was fitting to stand off and to refuse the imitation, the divine law educated us. For he said again: ‘You will not Phoebize, you will not set a baldness upon a dead one, in the midst of your eyes.’ For the select of Greeks mythologize Apollo a god, whom they also name Phoebus, that is, clean and undefiled. And they say he is the same as the sun. They used to say then to Phoebize, and again to be Phoebized, according to the Greek custom, the cleansing and being cleansed, according at least to what seems to them, and the laws beside themselves. The divine oracle therefore bars us from such shameful and most unbeautiful practices. For it is not at all fitting to count the death of bodies a pollution of soul, nor indeed to think that the sight upon a dead one impresses filth upon the hearts of those seeing, nor again upon this is it fitting to strip the hair. For the matter is altogether stale and full of the ground-crawling glory. Well then the law says the ‘You will not Phoebize;’ for such a cleansing will not benefit a soul, yet rather does injustice, both taking away the knowledge of the most beneficial path, and carrying away from the hunt of the advantageous. For let us look thus: Laws beside us of those ruling upon earth are, awarding and refusing the things to be done and not to those everywhere; yet no one would be able to flee the justices upon the transgressions, unless needing to be let go from the king’s mildness granting it to him. In the equal manner then, the one having disregarded the divine laws would not become clean, unless having become rich with the matter by a divine nod. For if we have transgressed laws of fire or water, and the account of the sin looks unto those, let the water wash off the writing, let the fire melt down the filth, and letting go upon authority the charges to whomever they should choose; yet if true is the one saying toward God: ‘Against you alone I have sinned, and I have done the evil before you,’ for one is the lawgiver and judge, instead of which having let go the lord of both punishing and letting go, they slide down into old-wives’ thoughts, distributing to fire and water the being able to free them from the charges. Away with the bad counsel, O human, approach the God alone according to nature, and you will hear him saying at once: ‘I am the one wiping out your lawlessnesses for my sake, and I will not remember.’ This is true cleansing; this is the spiritual brightness; for we have been wiped, having gained by the faith into Christ the forgiveness of the sin, yet having been made holy by the bath of regeneration, and having enriched ourselves with the divine grace, that of the divine Spirit, which also in the manner of fire consumes as some refuse the pollution that has settled into our understandings. For the God-breathed Scripture says thus justly that we have been baptized in Holy Spirit and fire.

Palladius: In a portion of idolatry then will we somehow reckon also the wandering upon this?

Greek · §21

Ὥστε καὶ εἴ τις αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τύμβον ἴοι, καὶ τοῖς τῶν τεθνεώτων ἐμβάλλοι σήμασιν, ἱμάτιον ἀποβαλὼν, ψιλοῦται τὴν κεφαλὴν, καὶ αὐτὴν ἀποκείρων ὡς μεμολυσμένην τὴν τρίχα, ὧν ὅτι προσῆκεν ἀποφοιτᾷν καὶ παραιτεῖσθαι τὴν μίμησιν, ὁ θεῖος ἡμᾶς ἐπαίδευσε νόμος. Ἔφη γὰρ πάλιν· «Οὐ φοιβήσετε, οὐκ ἐπιθήσετε φαλάκρωμα ἐπὶ νεκρῷ, ἀνὰ μέσον ὀφθαλμῶν ὑμῶν.» Ἑλλήνων γὰρ οἱ λογάδες, Ἀπόλλωνα μυθολογοῦσι θεὸν, ὃν καὶ Φοῖβον ὀνομάζουσι, τουτέστι, καθαρὸν καὶ ἀμίαντον. Τὸν αὐτὸν δὲ εἶναι τῷ ἡλίῳ φασί. Φοιβάζειν οὖν ἔφασκον, καὶ φοιβᾶσθαι πάλιν, κατὰ συνήθειαν τὴν Ἑλληνικὴν, τὸ καθαίρειν τε καὶ καθαίρεσθαι, κατά γε τὸ αὐτοῖς δοκοῦν, καὶ τοὺς παρὰ σφίσιν αὐτοῖς νόμους. Ἀπείργει δὴ οὖν ἡμᾶς τὸ θεῖον χρησμῴδημα τῶν οὕτως αἰσχρῶν καὶ ἀκαλλεστάτων ἐπιτηδευμάτων. Οὐ γάρτοι προσήκει μολυσμὸν ἡγεῖσθαι ψυχῆς, τὸν τῶν σωμάτων θάνατον, οὔτε μὴν οἴεσθαι ταῖς τῶν ὁρώντων καρδίαις ἐναπομάττεσθαι ῥύπον, τὴν ἐπὶ νεκρῷ θέαν, οὐδ' αὖ ἐπὶ τῷδε προσήκει τὴν τρίχα ψιλοῦν. Κομιδῆ γὰρ ἕωλον καὶ τῆς χαμαιζήλου δόξης τὸ χρῆμα μεστόν. Εὖ γε δὴ οὖν ὁ νόμος τὸ, «Οὐ φοιβήσετε,» φησίν· οὐ γὰρ ἡ τοιάδε κάθαρσις ὀνήσει ψυχὴν, ἀδικεῖ δὲ μᾶλλον, καὶ τὴν γνῶσιν παραιρουμένη τῆς ἐπωφελεστάτης ὁδοῦ, καὶ τῆς τοῦ συμφέροντος ἀποκομίζουσα θήρας. Σκεψώμεθα γὰρ ὡδί· Νόμοι παρ' ἡμῖν τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς κρατούντων εἰσὶ, τὰ πρακτέα καὶ μὴ, τοῖς ἁπανταχοῦ βραβεύοντές τε καὶ ἀποφάσκοντες· ἀλλ' οὐκ ἄν τις δύναιτο διαφυγεῖν τὰς ἐπὶ ταῖς παραβάσεσι δίκας, μὴ οὐχὶ τὸ ἀνεῖσθαι δεῖν τῆς βασιλέως ἡμερότητος ἐφιείσης αὐτῷ. Κατὰ τὸν ἴσον γοῦν τρόπον, ὁ τῶν θείων ἀλογήσας νόμων, οὐκ ἂν γένοιτο καθαρὸς, μὴ οὐχὶ θείῳ νεύματι τὸ χρῆμα πεπλουτηκώς. Εἰ μὲν γὰρ πυρὸς ἢ ὕδατος παραβεβήκαμεν νόμους, καὶ ὁ τῆς ἁμαρτίας λόγος εἰς ἐκεῖνα βλέπει, ἀπονιπτέτω τὸ ὕδωρ τὴν γραφὴν, κατατηκέτω τὸν ῥύπον τὸ πῦρ, καὶ ἀνιέντων ἐπ' ἐξουσίας, οἷς ἂν ἕλοιντο τὰ ἐγκλήματα εἰ δὲ ἀληθὴς ὁ λέγων πρὸς τὸν Θεόν· «Σοὶ μόνῳ ἥμαρτον, καὶ τὸ πονηρὸν ἐνώπιόν σου ἐποίησα,» εἷς γὰρ ὁ νομοθέτης καὶ κριτὴς, ἀνθ' ὅτου μεθέντες τὸν τοῦ κολάσαι τε καὶ ἀνεῖναι κύριον, εἰς γραοπρεπεῖς ἐννοίας κατολισθαίνουσι, πυρὶ καὶ ὕδατι νέμοντες τὸ ἀπαλλάττειν δύνασθαι τῶν αἰτιαμάτων αὐτούς. Ἄπαγε τῆς δυσβουλίας, ἄνθρωπε, πρόσιθι μόνῳ τῷ κατὰ φύσιν Θεῷ, καὶ ἀκούσῃ λέγοντος εὐθύς· «Ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἐξαλείφων τὰς ἀνομίας σου ἕνεκα ἐμοῦ, καὶ οὐ μνησθήσομαι.» Αὕτη κάθαρσις ἀληθής· τοῦτο λαμπρότης ἡ πνευματική· διεσμήγμεθα γὰρ ἡμεῖς, πίστει τῇ εἰς Χριστὸν κεκερδακότες τῆς ἁμαρτίας τὴν ἄφεσιν, ἡγιασμένοι δὲ τῷ λουτρῷ τῆς παλιγγενεσίας, καὶ τὴν θείαν ἑαυτοὺς καταπλουτίσαντες χάριν, τὴν τοῦ θείου Πνεύματος, ὃ καὶ πυρὸς δίκην, οἷά τινα συρφετὸν τὸν ταῖς ἡμετέραις διανοίαις ἐγκατασκήψαντα δαπανᾷ μολυσμόν. Ἐν Πνεύματι γὰρ ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρὶ βεβαπτίσθαι ἡμᾶς φησι ταύτῃτοι δικαίως ἡ θεόπνευστος Γραφή.

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Ἐν μοίρᾳ δὴ οὖν εἰδωλολατρείας λογιούμεθά που καὶ τὴν ἐπὶ τῷδε πλάνησιν;

Fate Fortune Genesis vs free will; Solon reductio§22

22Cyril: Altogether so. For the matter is full of godlessness. And one would reasonably also range with these and number together the thinking that human things are administered by others’ nods, and that the authority of the things according to us has been hung not upon ourselves, but upon those whom the inventors of such unpersuasive doctrines should choose to myth-mold. For Fate and Fortune and Genesis, I do not know how, setting them as it were some steersmen over the life, they say each of us is not a willer or lord of the things to be done; yet to be led as from a necessary bond toward what seems to those ruling. Then what would ever become more irrational than such a thing? And how would Satan have done greater injustice to the race of humans, than when he disposed them to think and reason thus? For how would someone still counsel the useful things, and go willingly-working upon them ever? And having come to be also in the more shameful things, and having thought what one must not, how would he accuse himself and having melted with griefs change counsel to think and do the better things? For just as for those darting through the sea and having chosen to sail through there is somehow every necessity to be led by winds from the stern, and to be forced everywhere toward what seems to the pushing-together; so somewhere altogether also for us ourselves it is necessary to yield, unto whatever Fortune should choose to ferry, and the hard-to-flee winds of Fate according to them. Or will you yourself also think again that these things have been said rightly?

Palladius: For how not?

Cyril: Therefore it is altogether silly to crown the good and fair one with praises, and to count him worthy of honor, yet to count the wicked and unbridled one abominable and spat-upon.

Palladius: In what manner do you say?

Cyril: Because, O Palladius, Genesis and Fortune have conquered according to them, and unwillingly they carry off upon both the thrice-wretched race of those upon the earth. And nothing voluntary is beside us. Or is not what has been born to move something and is able, a cause of being moved for those moved from it?

Palladius: I say so.

Cyril: Come then through equal thoughts unto the human things, and measure the things according to us, and in order that you may look around well at what evil we are in, if not by our own voluntary leanings we go either this way or that way and hurry through, yet we have been overpowered as it were and have been carried under by others’ yokes able to lead and carry the things according to us, whichever way they should choose. For already thinking the likely things, we will still ascribe nothing of the things to be done to ourselves, yet rather we will hang the causes upon all upon those accustomed to helm unto whatever according to their judgment. Therefore just as the just one will stand off from every praise, so also the unjust from penalty, and from needing to be punished.

Palladius: You reason most rightly.

Cyril: In vain therefore the inventors of such doctrines admire Solon the one at Athens,

Greek · §22

{ΚΥΡ.} Πάνυ μὲν οὖν. Ἀθεότητος γὰρ τὸ χρῆμα μεστόν. Συντάξαιτο δὲ τούτοις καὶ ἐπαριθμοῖτο ἂν εἰκότως, τὸ οἴεσθαι τὰ ἀνθρώπινα τοῖς ἑτέρων διοικεῖσθαι νεύμασιν, καὶ τῶν καθ' ἡμᾶς ἀνῆφθαι τὴν ἐξουσίαν οὐχ ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς, ἀλλ' οὓς ἂν ἕλοιντο μυθοπλαστεῖν οἱ τῶν οὕτως ἀπιθάνων δογμάτων εὑρεταί. Εἱμαρμένην γὰρ καὶ Τύχην καὶ Γένεσιν, οὐκ οἶδα ὅπως οἰακοστρόφους ὥσπερ τινὰς ἐφιστάντες τῷ βίῳ, ἕκαστον μὲν ἡμῶν οὐκ εἶναί φασι τῶν πρακτέων θελητὴν ἢ κύριον· ἄγεσθαι δὲ καθάπερ ἐξ ἀναγκαίου δεσμοῦ πρὸς τὸ τοῖς κρατοῦσι δοκοῦν. Εἶτα τί ἂν γένοιτό ποτε τοῦ τοιοῦδε ἀλογώτερον; πῶς δ' ἂν μειζόνων ἠδίκησεν ὁ Σατανᾶς τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος, ἢ ὅτε προσῆκεν ὧδε φρονεῖν καὶ διαλογίζεσθαι διαθείς; πῶς γὰρ ἂν ἔτι βουλεύσαιτο τὰ χρηστὰ, καὶ ἐθελουργὸς ἐπ' αὐτά τις ἴοι ποτέ; Γεγονὼς δὲ καὶ ἐν τοῖς αἰσχίοσι, καὶ πεφρονηκὼς ἃ μὴ χρὴ, πῶς ἂν ἑαυτὸν αἰτιῷτο καὶ κατατήξας ταῖς λύπαις τὰ ἀμείνω μεταβουλεύσαιτο φρονεῖν τε καὶ δρᾷν; Ὥσπερ γὰρ τοῖς τὴν θάλατταν διᾴττουσι καὶ διαπλεῖν ᾑρημένοις πᾶσά πως τοῖς ἐκ πρύμνης ἄγεσθαι ἀνάγκη πνεύμασι, καὶ καταβιάζεσθαι πανταχῆ πρὸς τὸ τῷ συνωθοῦντι δοκοῦν· οὕτω που πάντως καὶ ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς παραχωρεῖν ἀναγκαῖον, ἐφ' ὅπερ ἂν ἕλοιτο διακομίζειν ἡ Τύχη, καὶ τὰ δυσδιάφυκτα κατ' ἐκείνους τῆς Εἰμαρμένης πνεύματα. Ἢ οὐκ ὀρθῶς εἰρῆσθαι ταυτὶ καὶ αὐτὸς οἰήσῃ πάλιν;

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Πῶς γὰρ οὔ;

{ΚΥΡ.} Οὐκοῦν ἠλίθιον κομιδῆ, τὸν μὲν ἀγαθὸν καὶ ἐπιεικῆ στεφανοῦν ἐπαίνοις, καὶ τιμῆς ἀξιοῦν, τὸν δὲ πονηρὸν καὶ ἀκόλαστον βδελυρὸν ἡγεῖσθαι καὶ διεπτυσμένον.

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Τίνα φῂς τρόπον;

{ΚΥΡ.} Ὅτι, ὦ Παλλάδιε, Γένεσίς τε καὶ Τύχη νενικήκασι κατ' αὐτοὺς, καὶ ἀνεθελήτως ἐπ' ἄμφω τὸ τρισάθλιον τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἀποφέρουσι γένος. Ἐθελούσιον δὲ παρ' ἡμῖν οὐδέν. Ἢ γὰρ οὐχὶ τὸ πεφυκός τι κινεῖν καὶ δυνάμενον, αἴτιον ἂν εἴη τοῦ κινεῖσθαι τοῖς παρ' αὐτοῦ κινουμένοις;

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Φημί.

{ΚΥΡ.} Ἴθι οὖν διά γε τῶν ἴσων ἐννοιῶν ἐπὶ τὰ ἀνθρώπινα, καὶ ἀναμέτρει τὰ καθ' ἡμᾶς, καὶ ἵν' ἐσμὲν κακοῦ περιαθρήσῃς εὖ μάλα, εἰ μὴ ταῖς ἑαυτῶν ἐθελουσίοις ῥοπαῖς, ἢ τὰν, ἢ ἐπὶ τὰν ἴμεν τε καὶ διασπεύδομεν, κεκρατήμεθα δὲ ὥσπερ καὶ ὑπενηνέγμεθα τοῖς ἑτέρων ζυγοῖς ἄγειν τε καὶ φέρειν τὰ καθ' ἡμᾶς, ᾗπερ ἂν ἕλοιντο, δυναμένοις. Τὰ εἰκότα γὰρ ἤδη φρονοῦντες, ἑαυτοῖς μὲν ἔτι τῶν πρακτέων ἀναθήσομεν οὐδὲν, ἀνάψομεν δὲ μᾶλλον τὰς ἐφ' ἅπασιν αἰτίας, τοῖς ἐφ' ὁτιοῦν τῶν κατὰ γνώμην αὐτοῖς πηδαλιουχεῖν εἰωθόσιν. Ἀφεστήξει δὴ οὖν ὥσπερ ἐπαίνου παντὸς ὁ δίκαιος, οὕτω καὶ ποινῆς ὁ ἄδικος, καὶ τοῦ κολάζεσθαι δεῖν.

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Ὀρθότατα διανοῇ.

{ΚΥΡ.} Εἰκῆ τοιγαροῦν θαυμάζουσιν οἱ τῶν τοιούτων δογμάτων εὑρεταὶ Σόλωνά τε τὸν Ἀθήνῃσι,

Draco Lycurgus; laws and pedagogy void if Fate§23

23and Draco and Lycurgus, as introducers of all-beautiful lessons, and as having invented the best laws for the Greeks. For what benefit from this anymore, if nothing is upon us, yet rather our things have been hung upon others? And somehow equal and similar hereafter, to those knowing the laws, also the one having been ignorant of them, if it does not belong to those willing to do freely whatever they should perhaps choose; yet I say the guides of the laws have become most unjust, although having chosen upon themselves as much glory of justice as possible. For they have legislated—I do not know how—that the careless must be punished, and pay bitter justices of the transgression, and they have handed over as it were canons to the young and most praiseworthy manners of pedagogy, either as being upon us ourselves to choose to live through solemnly, or I do not know what having thought. And someone would say, I think: Well, O Solon, you were legislating for those then; yet it was somehow altogether necessary to persuade Fate besides to grant to those being legislated whatever they should wish to think and do. Yet you legislated not having persuaded; and you yourself were somehow perhaps also laughing at the myth, and you understood us lords of the things to be done, and you were scaring away the unjust and blind Fortune of human affairs; for would you not have thought it necessary to suppose the best citizen to be the pious and law-guarding one, and to have hung upon himself the glory of fairness unto the peak, yet again useless and numbered among the most shameful, the one saying farewell to the laws that will counsel darting unto uprightness?

Palladius: Most urbane and very well you have spoken.

Cyril: And what, O friend? Will we not say that the pedagogies and the counsels, and indeed also the challenges unto virtue, as many as fathers would make upon sons, and teachers upon companions, are empty, if it is necessary to descend the path not according to judgment, and to go a life’s track that is sometimes involuntary?

Palladius: And very much.

Cyril: And if indeed also upon one’s own children, or then upon some others having stumbled, someone should urge and make the rebuke straight, would you yourself praise such a one, or will you reckon him unjust, having chosen somehow to leave unrebuked those causes of all evils for us, yet to subject to the justices those led unto these things involuntarily and from necessity?

Palladius: It seems so. For the word has much persuasiveness.

Cyril: And that such a glory for them is full of the last impiety, you will know also from here: for shaking down as it were some steersman and overseer of this all—God—from the glory present to him, and going hereafter unto such boldness as to alienate him altogether from his own boasts, they themselves by their own votes distribute the power of the things according to us to whatever simply comes unto mind; although seeing the whole creation being carried not by unsupervised movements unto the

Greek · §23

Δράκοντά τε καὶ Λυκοῦργον, ὡς παγκάλων μαθημάτων εἰσηγητὰς, καὶ νόμους τοῖς Ἕλλησι τοὺς ἀρίστους ἐξευρηκότας. Ποία γὰρ ἐκ τοῦδε λοιπὸν ἡ ὄνησις, εἰ μηδὲν ἐφ' ἡμῖν, ἀνῆπται δὲ μᾶλλον τὰ ἡμῶν ἑτέροις; ἐν ἴσῳ δέ που καὶ ἐν ὁμοίῳ λοιπὸν, τοῖς τοὺς νόμους εἰδόσι, καὶ ὁ τούτους ἠγνοηκὼς, εἰ μὴ μέτεστι δρᾷν τοῖς ἐθέλουσιν ἐλευθέρως, ἃ ἂν ἕλοιντο τυχὸν, ἀδικωτάτους δὲ λίαν τοὺς τῶν νόμων ὑφηγητὰς γενέσθαι φημὶ, καί τοι πλείστην ὅσην δόξαν δικαιοσύνης ἐφ' ἑαυτοῖς ᾑρημένους. Χρῆναι γὰρ δὴ νενομοθετήκασιν, οὐκ οἶδ' ὅπως, τοὺς ῥᾳθυμοῦντας κολάζεσθαι, καὶ πικρὰς τῆς παραβάσεως ἀποτιννύναι δίκας, κανόνας δὲ ὥσπερ τοῖς νέοις καὶ παιδαγωγίας τρόπους ἀξιεπαινετωτάτους παραδεδώκασιν, ἢ ὡς ὂν ἐφ' ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς, τὸ διαβιοῦν ἑλέσθαι σεμνῶς, ἢ οὐκ οἶδ' ὅ τι πεφρονηκότες. Φαίη δ' ἂν, οἶμαι, τίς· Εὖγε, ὦ Σόλων, ἐνομοθέτεις τοῖς τότε· ἀλλ' ἔδει που πάντως προσαναπείθειν τὴν Εἱμαρμένην ἐφεῖναι τοῖς νομοθετουμένοις ἃ ἂν βούλοιντο φρονεῖν τε καὶ δρᾷν. Ἐνομοθέτεις δὲ οὐ πεπεικώς· ἐγέλας δέ που τάχα καὶ αὐτὸς τὸν μῦθον, καὶ κυρίους ἠπίστασο τῶν πρακτέων ἡμᾶς, τήν τε ἄδικον καὶ τυφλὴν τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων πραγμάτων ἀπεσόβεις Τύχην· ἢ γὰρ οὐκ ἂν ᾤου δεῖν, ἄριστον μὲν εἶναι πολίτην ὑπονοεῖν, τὸν εὐσεβῆ τε καὶ νομοφύλακα, καὶ τῆς εἰς ἄκρον ἐπιεικείας ἀνῆρθαι τὴν δόξαν, ἀχρεῖον δὲ αὖ καὶ τοῖς αἰσχίστοις ἐναριθμούμενον, τὸν ἐῤῥῶσθαι φράζοντα τοῖς εἰς ὀρθότητα συμβουλεύσουσι διᾴττειν νόμοις;

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Ἀστειότατά τε καὶ σφόδρα καλῶς ἔφης.

{ΚΥΡ.} Τί δὲ, ὦ φιλότης; οὐχὶ τὰς παιδαγωγίας καὶ τὰς ὑποθήκας, καὶ μὴν καὶ προκλήσεις τὰς ἐπ' ἀρετὴν, ἅσπερ ἂν ποιοῖντο πατέρες μὲν ἐφ' υἱοῖς, διδάσκαλοι δὲ ὁμιληταῖς, εἰκαίας εἶναι φήσομεν, εἰ καταστείχειν ἀνάγκη τὴν οὐ κατὰ γνώμην ὁδὸν, καὶ βίου τρίβον ἰέναι τὴν ἀνεθέλητον ἔσθ' ὅτε;

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Καὶ μάλα.

{ΚΥΡ.} Εἰ δὲ δὴ καὶ παισὶν ἰδίοις, ἤγουν ἑτέροις τισὶ πεπλημμεληκόσιν ἐποτρύνοιτό τις καὶ ὀρθὴν ποιεῖται τὴν ἐπίπληξιν, ἐπαινέσαις ἂν τὸν τοιοῦτον αὐτὸς, ἢ ἄδικον λογιῇ, τοὺς μὲν ἁπάντων ἡμῖν τῶν κακῶν αἰτίους ἀνεπιτιμήτους ἐᾷν οὐκ οἶδ' ὅπως ᾑρημένους, τούς γε μὴν, ἀνεθελήτως τε καὶ ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἐπὶ ταῦτα ἠγμένους ὑποφέρειν ταῖς δίκαις;

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Ἔοικε. Πολὺ γὰρ ἔχει τὸ πιθανὸν ὁ λόγος.

{ΚΥΡ.} Ἔμπλεως δὲ ὅτι δυσσεβείας αὐτοῖς τῆς ἐσχάτης ἡ τοιάδε δόξα, κἀντεῦθεν εἴσῃ τοι· τὸν γὰρ τοῦδε τοῦ παντὸς οἰακοστρόφον ὥσπερ τινὰ καὶ ἐπιστάτην Θεὸν, τῆς ἐνούσης αὐτῷ κατασείοντες δόξης, καὶ εἰς τοῦτο λοιπὸν ἰόντες θράσους, ὡς τῶν ἰδίων εἰσάπαν ἀλλοτριοῦν αὐχημάτων αὐτὸν, ψήφοις ἰδίαις αὐτοὶ τὸ τῶν καθ' ἡμᾶς ἀπονέμουσι κράτος, τοῖς εἰς νοῦν ἥκουσιν ἁπλῶς· καί τοι τὴν κτίσιν ἅπασαν οὐκ ἀνεπιστατήτοις κινήμασι φερομένην ὁρῶντες εἰς τὰ

Creation order; Rom 1; Homer vs Fate; Euripides start§24

24proper things. For what of the things around the creation is not done in order? And what of the things that are has not kept its own taxis, and all but cries out the taxiarch? And that it has been yoked under laws it shouts, and is administered by nods of the one strong to rule—I mean God. Therefore also the divine Paul: ‘For his invisible things,’ he says, ‘from creation of a world are clearly seen being understood by the things made, both his everlasting power and divinity, unto their being without defense; because having known God, they did not glorify him as God, but were made vain, and their unintelligent heart was darkened; saying to be wise they were made foolish.’ For how were they not made foolish counseling themselves and indeed also others to think some other things beside what holds rightly? And yet what ever would someone say to those swimming upon such wretched reasonings, the myth not even pleasing to the poets beside you yourselves? For it seemed well that the administrations of the things to be done have been hung not upon some others, but upon us ourselves. And at any rate Homer, in his own poems, said that your all-best and highest Zeus had dialogued with the other demons about Aegisthus’s adultery, and the penalty upon this: Ah me, how now mortals blame the gods! For from us they say evils are, yet they themselves also by their own recklessnesses have griefs beyond fate. For instead of which, he says, do some accuse the gods as having the evils from them, and do they not rather cry down their own sin, as sending them into calamities, and those beyond fate—that is, also beyond Fate, or what seems to Fate. Therefore if someone should choose to live through rightly, and to make the most well-counseling and fairest occupations in this life, he will walk upright and will swim through the terrible things, having as fruit of a right and undistorted judgment the not falling into evils; and the word is true. For it is upon us ourselves to look upon both—unto the good I mean and the opposite; and those having made in word what is born to be admired and the track unto uprightness will come to be in the beauty of virtue; yet those leaning aside unto the opposite, and having set before the better things what does injustice, themselves destroying their own life, would be caught as certain self-doers and terrible destroyers of their own head having been proven. And that it will lie upon us ourselves to look upon both, just as I said just now, and that having fallen back into pleasures we miss the hunt of the advantageous things, would become clear, another of the poets beside them shouting aloud—this was Euripides. For he was making a little woman upon the stage sick with the unbridled pleasure, then somehow he showed her philosophizing, and saying: Women of Troezen, who dwell this last forecourt of the Pelopian land,

Greek · §24

οἰκεῖα. Τί γὰρ οὐκ ἐν κόσμῳ πράττεται τῶν περὶ τὴν κτίσιν; τί δὲ τῶν ὄντων οὐχὶ τὴν ἰδίαν τετήρηκε τάξιν, καὶ μονονουχὶ τὸν ταξίαρχον ἀναφωνεῖ; καὶ ὅτι νόμοις ὑπέζευκται βοᾷ καὶ νεύμασι διοικεῖται τοῖς τοῦ κρατεῖν ἰσχύοντος, φημὶ δὴ Θεοῦ. Τοιγάρτοι καὶ ὁ θεσπέσιος Παῦλος· «Τὰ γὰρ ἀόρατα αὐτοῦ,» φησὶν, «ἀπὸ κτίσεως κόσμου τοῖς ποιήμασι νοούμενα καθορᾶται, ἥ τε ἀΐδιος αὐτοῦ δύναμις καὶ θειότης, εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτοὺς ἀναπολογήτους· διότι γνόντες τὸν Θεὸν, οὐχ ὡς Θεὸν ἐδόξασαν, ἀλλ' ἐματαιώθησαν, καὶ ἐσκοτίσθη ἡ ἀσύνετος αὐτῶν καρδία· φάσκοντες, εἶναι σοφοὶ ἐμωράνθησαν.» Πῶς γὰρ οὐκ ἐμωράνθησαν ἕτερ' ἄττα παρά τε τὸ ἔχον ὀρθῶς, σφίσι τε αὐτοῖς καὶ μὴν καὶ ἑτέροις φρονεῖν συμβουλεύοντες· Καίτοι τί δή ποτε φαίη τις ἂν τοῖς οὕτως ἀθλίοις ἐπινήχεσθαι λογισμοῖς, μηδὲ αὐτοῖς ἁνδάνοντος τοῖς παρ' ὑμῖν ποιηταῖς τοῦ μύθου; Ἀνῆφθαι γὰρ δὴ τῶν πρακτέων τὰς οἰκονομίας, οὐχ ἑτέρους τινὰς, ἀλλ' ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς εὖ ἔχειν ἐδόκει. Καὶ γοῦν Ὅμηρος μὲν, ἐν οἰκείοις ποιήμασι, τὸν πανάριστον ὑμῶν καὶ ὕπατον Δία τοῖς ἑτέροις ἔφη προσδιειλέχθαι δαίμοσι περὶ τῆς Αἰγίσθου μοιχείας, καὶ τῆς ἐπὶ τῷδε ποινῆς· Ὦ πόποι, οἷον δή νυ θεοὺς βροτοὶ αἰτιόωνται! Ἐξ ἡμέων γάρ φασι κάκ' ἔμμεναι, οἱ δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ Σφίσιν ἀτασθαλίῃσιν ὑπὲρ μόρον ἄλγε' ἔχουσιν. Ἀνθ' ὅτου γὰρ δὴ, φησὶν, ἐπαιτιῶνταί τινες τοὺς θεοὺς ὡς παρ' αὐτῶν ἔχοντες τὰ κακὰ, καὶ οὐχὶ δὴ μᾶλλον τῆς σφῶν αὐτῶν ἁμαρτίας κατακεκράγασιν, ὡς ἐνιείσης αὐτοὺς συμφοραῖς, καὶ ταῖς ὑπὲρ μόρον, τουτέστι, καὶ ταῖς ὑπὲρ Εἰμαρμένην, ἤτοι τὸ τῇ Εἱμαρμένῃ δοκοῦν. Οὐκοῦν εἴπερ ἕλοιτό τις διαβιῶναι μὲν ὀρθῶς, εὐβουλοτάτας δὲ καὶ ἐπιεικεστάτας τὰς ἐν τῷδε τῷ βίῳ ποιεῖσθαι διατριβὰς, ὀρθοποδήσει τε καὶ διανήξεται τὰ δεινὰ, γνώμης ἔχων ὀρθῆς καὶ ἀδιαστρόφου καρπὸν, τὸ μὴ ἐναλῶναι κακοῖς· καὶ ἀληθὴς ὁ λόγος. Ἐφ' ἡμῖν γὰρ αὐτοῖς ἐστι, τὸ ἐπ' ἄμφω βλέπειν, πρός τε τὸ ἀγαθόν φημι καὶ τὸ ἐναντίον· καὶ οἱ μὲν ἐν λόγῳ πεποιημένοι, τὸ θαυμάζεσθαι πεφυκὸς καὶ τὴν εἰς ὀρθότητα τρίβον, ἐν καλῷ γενήσονται τῆς ἀρετῆς· οἱ δὲ ἀποκλίνοντες εἰς τὸ ἐναντίον, καὶ τῶν ἀμεινόνων προθέντες τὸ ἀδικοῦν, αὐτοὶ τὴν ἰδίαν καταφθείροντες ζωὴν, ἁλοῖεν ἂν αὐθένται τινὲς καὶ ὀλετῆρες δεινοὶ τῆς σφῶν αὐτῶν κεφαλῆς ἐξεληλεγμένοι. Ὅτι δὲ ἐφ' ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς τὸ ἐπ' ἄμφω βλέπειν κείσεται, καθάπερ ἔφην ἀρτίως, καὶ ἀναπεπτωκότες εἰς ἡδονὰς, τῆς τῶν συμφερόντων διαμαρτάνομεν θήρας, σαφὲς ἂν γένοιτο, διαβοῶντος ἑτέρου τῶν παρ' αὐτοῖς ποιητῶν· Εὐριπίδης οὗτος ἦν. Γύναιον μὲν γὰρ ἐπὶ σκηνῆς ἀῤῥωστοῦν ἐποίει τὴν ἀκόλαστον ἡδονὴν, εἶτα οὐκ οἶδ' ὅπως φιλοσοφοῦν ἔδειξε, καὶ λέγον· Τροιζήνιαι γυναῖκες, αἳ τόδ' ἔσχατον Οἰκεῖτε χώρας Πελοπείας προνώπιον,

Euripides: know good, not do; inequality under God§25

25Already somehow otherwise in night’s long time I have thought of mortals, how life has been corrupted. And they seem to me not according to nature of judgment to practice worse; for the thinking well is for many. Yet one must look at this thus: The useful things we understand and know, yet we do not work them out—some from idleness, and others having set before the beautiful some other pleasure. And there are many pleasures of life, both long chats, and leisure, a delightful evil. Do you understand how it does not seem to the more ancient ones to accuse Fortune, not Genesis, not Fate, as thrusting us out with force from the known uprightness, and from as many useful things as we should learn? For the life of those upon the earth has been corrupted, he says, not according to nature of judgment—that is, not because they have by nature a wicked judgment; but because they are not willing to work out the known useful things. And what is the pretext of this? Either hesitation, he says, bound them unto idleness, or some of the pleasures according to the life having run in against, he says, and rising up against the advantageous, was carrying away from the hunt of the necessary things, and was leading the mind off as a herd, showing the path unto carelessness smoother. And we would have heaped countless things of those beside them upon these, and most easily. Yet the sufficient thing—that it is sweet to those hearing—who would doubt? Therefore we will also thrust away the crowd of the word.

Palladius: You have spoken rightly. Yet if you wish, they say, leave these things aside. And reason how you will defend wisely, if somehow some should ask what the account of the inequality in us would perhaps be understood to be, and of the up and down beside worth sometimes. For one would behold the wicked prospering and being rich, yet the fair one having often come to be in the opposite things, and full of praises having come unto a limit.

Cyril: Truly hard to spy and altogether hard to reach is the matter, O Palladius, and I myself would say that the wishing to be busy about these things is beyond and highest of humanity’s measures. For it is necessary to yield to divine judgments; and if we should choose to think rightly, hanging the knowledge of the economy upon the highest and undefiled mind alone, alone, we will walk toward the things in hands, which are also found from us scarcely with force, according to the Scriptures. And since I think we must help the word according to what is possible, come let us ourselves also go upon that. Just now we were proving stale the glory of the godless, not using out-of-the-contest reasonings, but showing from necessary thoughts that genesis does not have the rudders of a human’s understanding, nor has a hard and hard-to-flee yoke of Fate been thrown upon us, but that each one’s judgment is lady of the things to be done in choice, and it is upon us ourselves to choose to do what seems—whether good, or base. For I myself would reckon of the prosperity

Greek · §25

Ἤδη ποτ' ἄλλως νυκτὸς ἐν μακρῷ χρόνῳ Θνητῶν ἐφρόντισ', ᾗ διέφθαρται βίος. Καί μοι δοκοῦσιν οὐ κατὰ γνώμης φύσιν Πράσσειν κάκιον· ἔστι γὰρ τὸ εὖ φρονεῖν Πολλοῖσιν. Ἀλλὰ τῇδε ἀθρητέον τόδε· Τὰ χρήστ' ἐπιστάμεθα καὶ γινώσκομεν, Οὐκ ἐκπονοῦμεν δὲ, οἱ μὲν ἀργίας ὕπο, Οἱ δ' ἡδονὴν προθέντες ἀντὶ τοῦ καλοῦ Ἄλλην τιν'. Εἰσὶ δ' ἡδοναὶ πολλαὶ βίου, Μακραί τε λέσχαι, καὶ σχολὴ, τερπνὸν κακόν. Συνίης ὅπως οὐ Τύχην, οὐ Γένεσιν, οὐχ Εἱμαρμένην τοῖς ἀρχαιοτέροις αἰτιᾶσθαι δοκεῖ, ὡς ἐξωθοῦσαν ἡμᾶς σὺν βίᾳ τῆς ἐγνωσμένης ὀρθότητος, καὶ ὧν ἂν μάθοιμεν εἶναι χρηστῶν; Διέφθαρται γὰρ ὁ βίος τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, φησὶν, οὐ κατὰ γνώμης φύσιν, τουτέστιν, οὐχ ὅτι πονηρὰν ἔχουσι κατὰ φύσιν τὴν γνώμην· ἀλλ' ὅτι μὴ ἐκπονεῖν ἐθέλουσι τὰ ἐγνωσμένα χρηστά. Καὶ τίς ἡ τοῦδε πρόφασις· Ἢ γὰρ ὄκνος, φησὶν, ἐπέδησε πρὸς ἀργίαν, ἤ τις τῶν κατὰ τὸν βίον ἡδονῶν ἀντεισδραμοῦσα, φησὶ, καὶ τοῦ συμφέροντος ἀντανίσχουσα, τῆς τῶν ἀναγκαίων ἀπεκόμιζε θήρας, καὶ ἀπεβουκόλησε τὸν νοῦν, λειοτέραν ἀποφαίνουσα τὴν εἰς ῥᾳθυμίαν ὁδόν. Μυρία δὲ ἂν τούτοις ἐπεσωρεύσαμεν τῶν παρ' αὐτοῖς, καὶ ῥᾷστά γε δή. Τὸ δὲ ἀποχρῶν, ὅτι τοῖς ἀκροωμένοις ἡδὺ, τίς ἂν ἐνδοιάσαι; τοιγάρτοι καὶ διωσόμεθα τοῦ λόγου τὸν ὄχλον.

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Ὀρθῶς ἔφης. Ἀλλ' εἰ βούλει, φασὶ, ταῦτα δὴ μέθες. Διανοοῦ δὲ ὅπως ἀπολογήσῃ σοφῶς, εἴπερ ἔροιντό τινες, τίς ἂν νοοῖτο τυχὸν ὁ λόγος τῆς ἐν ἡμῖν ἀνισότητος, καὶ τοῦ ἄνω τε καὶ κάτω παρ' ἀξίαν ἔσθ' ὅτε. Εὐημεροῦντα μὲν γὰρ καὶ πλουτοῦντα τὸν πονηρὸν καταθεῷτό τις ἂν, ἔν γε τοῖς ἐναντίοις γεγονότα πολλάκις τὸν ἐπιεικῆ, καὶ τῶν εἰς λῆξιν ἡκόντων ἐπαίνων ἔμπλεω.

{ΚΥΡ.} Δυσέποπτον ἀληθῶς καὶ δυσέφικτον κομιδῆ τὸ χρῆμά ἐστιν, ὦ Παλλάδιε, καὶ τὸ ταυτὶ δὴ βούλεσθαι πολυπραγμονεῖν φαίην ἂν ἔγωγε τῶν τῆς ἀνθρωπότητος μέτρων ἐπέκεινά τε καὶ ἀνωτάτω. Θείοις γὰρ κρίμασι παραχωρεῖν ἀναγκαῖον· καὶ εἴπερ ἑλοίμεθα φρονεῖν ὀρθῶς, μόνῳ δὴ, μόνῳ τῷ ὑπερτάτῳ καὶ ἀκηράτῳ νῷ τῆς οἰκονομίας τὴν γνῶσιν ἀνάπτοντες, πρὸς τὰ ἐν χερσὶ βαδιούμεθα, ἃ καὶ σὺν βίᾳ μόλις πρὸς ἡμῶν εὑρίσκεται, κατὰ τὰς Γραφάς. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ οἶμαι δεῖν κατὰ τὸ ἐγχωροῦν ἐπαμύνειν ἡμᾶς τῷ λόγῳ, φέρε καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐπ' ἐκεῖνο ἴωμεν. Ἕωλον ἀρτίως τῶν ἀθέων τὴν δόξαν ἀπηλέγχομεν, οὐκ ἐξαγωνίοις χρώμενοι λογισμοῖς, ἀλλ' ἐξ ἀναγκαίων ἐννοιῶν ἀποφαίνοντες, ὅτι τῆς ἀνθρώπου διανοίας οὐ γένεσις ἔχει τοὺς οἴακας, ἀλλ' οὐδ' Εἱμαρμένης ἡμῖν σκληρός τε καὶ δυσδιάφυκτος ἐπέῤῥιπται ζυγὸς, ἀλλ' ὅτι κυρία τῶν ἐν αἱρέσει πρακτέων ἡ ἑκάστου γνώμη, καὶ ἐφ' ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς τὸ ἑλέσθαι δρᾷν τὸ δοκοῦν, εἴτ' ἀγαθὸν, εἴτε φαῦλον. Καταλογισαίμην γὰρ ἔγωγε τῆς εὐημερίας

Column fragment: manners per sacred Letters§26

26the manners according at least to what holds well for the sacred Letters

Greek · §26

τοὺς τρόπους κατά γε τὸ τοῖς ἱεροῖς Γράμμασιν εὖ

True prosperity virtue; God wants equality; Fate excuses§27

27having been supposed to hold, not in the things in which this abominable and earthly little flesh riots, but upon the things in which the soul above body would become able to partake of the eternal life; and these would be, I think, the zealings unto virtue, and the brightness in faith and works. If then it does not belong to those willing to be temperate—even if some should be base, or then good in manners—let those who will prove it come into the middle. Yet if, the setting-right freely whatever someone should wish lying in choice, and it being possible for all with authority to choose to prosper spiritually, and to partake in equality of the glory from above, some have advantages, either having the excesses in wealth, or in little worldly glories, let this not carry us away toward some godless and levered-out-from-true-knowledge glories, so as to think that a yoke of Fate and Fortune has been set upon the things according to us. Yet let someone be written, if he wishes, of those having made the greedinesses in wealth as it were a private good—the common to all—if the account of greediness were absent. Yet let him rather be busy about the will of the one who has made; for wishing the things according to us to be administered and seen in equal taxis, he commands the rich to sell off the gathered wealth, and to distribute to the needs of those being impoverished, and he does not grant to love glory and excess. And that God awards the equality to those upon earth, it is not hard for us to see also from the very construction of the body. For nature does not know the one in poverty and wealth, the low-born and bright, the well-born and cast-down, and the one in glory according to this life; but equal it comes through all without respect of persons, completing each with the same parts unto the freshly holding figure and beauty; and one is the path of all unto genesis, and one the laying-aside of life, not letting one go from nooses, and perhaps making another inside, but bringing upon every thing made a hard and inescapable end. Is it then, tell me, still hard to spy, or rather is it not clear hereafter to everyone, that the aim of the divine counsel is that those upon earth live in equality? And hear him saying, if it seems good, also through one of the prophets: ‘Did not one God create us? Is there not one Father of us all? Why have you each left behind his brother?’ Therefore if some loosen what seems to the one who has made, having a voluntary lean unto whatever of the things to be done they should choose (for the Craftsman has honored the nature with freedom), nothing toward the word, since indeed also some overlook the laws according to us. Yet I think at least no one, if somehow he should have mind, would blame the delimiters of the laws, yet would rather accuse—and very reasonably—those having chosen to think above the necessary things. Whenever then some having stumbled say: It somehow perhaps seemed to Fortune, and, This was Fate’s aim upon me, what is the nonsense, O these ones, and will it also be said from our side? And why do you write down the nothing, not having condemned your own lightness? Yet the

Greek · §27

ἔχειν ὑπειλημμένον, οὐκ ἐν οἷς τὸ βδελυρὸν καὶ γήϊνον δὴ τουτὶ σπαταλᾷ σαρκίον, ἀλλ' ἐφ' οἷς ἂν γένοιτο τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς μεταλαχεῖν δύνασθαι τὴν ὑπὲρ σῶμα ψυχήν· εἶεν δ' ἂν, οἶμαι, ταυτὶ, τὰ εἰς ἀρετὴν σπουδάσματα, καὶ ἡ ἐν πίστει τε καὶ ἔργοις λαμπρότης. Εἰ μὲν οὖν οὐ μέτεστι τοῖς ἐθέλουσι σωφρονεῖν, κἂν εἰ φαῦλοί τινες εἶεν, εἴτ' οὖν ἀγαθοὶ τοὺς τρόπους, ἡκόντων εἰς μέσον οἱ διελέγξοντες. Εἰ δὲ ἐν αἱρέσει κειμένου τοῦ κατορθοῦν ἐλευθέρως, ἃ ἂν βούλοιτό τις, καὶ ἐνὸν ἅπασι μετ' ἐξουσίας τὸ εὐημερεῖν ἑλέσθαι πνευματικῶς, καὶ τῆς ἄνωθεν εὐκλείας ἐν ἴσῳ μεταλαχεῖν, πλεονεκτοῦσί τινες, ἢ ἐν πλούτῳ τὰς ὑπεροχὰς, ἢ ἐν δοξαρίοις ἔχοντες κοσμικοῖς, μὴ τοῦτο ἡμᾶς πρὸς ἀθέους τινὰς καὶ τῆς ἀληθοῦς γνώσεως ἐκμεμοχλευμένας ἀποκομιζέτω δόξας, ὡς οἴεσθαι τοῖς καθ' ἡμᾶς, Εἱμαρμένης καὶ Τύχης ἐπιτεθεῖσθαι ζυγόν. Ἀλλὰ γραφέσθω μέν τις, εἰ βούλεται, τῶν ἐν πλούτῳ τὰς πλεονεξίας ἴδιον ὥσπερ πεποιημένων ἀγαθὸν, τὸ πᾶσι κοινὸν, εἰ λόγος ἀπῆν ὁ πλεονεξίας. Πολυπραγμονείτω δὲ μᾶλλον τοῦ πεποιηκότος τὴν βούλησιν· ἐν ἴσῃ γὰρ τάξει τὰ καθ' ἡμᾶς οἰκονομεῖσθαί τε καὶ ὁρᾶσθαι θέλων, πλουσίοις μὲν παραγγέλλει τὸν συναχθέντα πλοῦτον ἀπεμπολᾷν, καὶ ταῖς τῶν πτωχευομένων διανέμειν χρείαις, δόξης δὲ καὶ ὑπεροχῆς οὐκ ἐφίησιν ἐρᾷν. Ὅτι δὲ τὴν ἰσότητα τοῖς ἐπὶ γῆς βραβεύει Θεὸς, χαλεπὸν οὐδὲν συνιδεῖν καὶ ἐξ αὐτῆς ἡμᾶς τῆς τοῦ σώματος κατασκευῆς. Οὐ γὰρ οἶδεν ἡ φύσις, τὸν ἐν πενίᾳ καὶ πλούτῳ, τὸν δυσγενῆ καὶ λαμπρὸν, τὸν εὐγενῆ καὶ κατεῤῥιμμένον, καὶ τὸν ἐν δόξῃ τῇ κατὰ τόνδε τὸν βίον· ἀλλ' ἴση διὰ πάντων ἀπροσωπολήπτως ἔρχεται, τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἀποτελοῦσα μορίοις ἕκαστον εἰς τὸ ἀρτίως ἔχον σχῆμά τε καὶ κάλλος· καὶ μία μὲν ὁδὸς ἡ πάντων εἰς γένεσιν, μία δὲ ζωῆς ἀπόθεσις, οὐ τὸν μὲν ἀνιεῖσα βρόχων, τὸν δὲ εἴσω ποιουμένη τυχὸν, ἀλλὰ σκληρόν τε καὶ ἀνεξίτητον παντὶ τῷ πεποιημένῳ τὸ τέλος ἐπάγουσα. Ἆρ' οὖν, εἰπέ μοι, δυσκάτοπτον ἔτι, μᾶλλον δὲ οὐχὶ παντί τῳ λοιπὸν ἐναργὲς, ὅτι τῆς θείας βουλῆς ὁ σκοπὸς, τὸ ἐν ἰσότητι ζῇν τοὺς ἐπὶ γῆς; Ἄκουε δὲ λέγοντος, εἰ δοκεῖ, καὶ δι' ἑνὸς τῶν προφητῶν· «Οὐχὶ Θεὸς εἷς ἔκτισεν ἡμᾶς; οὐχὶ Πατὴρ εἷς πάντων ἡμῶν; τί ἐγκατελίπετε ἕκαστος τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ;» Οὐκοῦν εἰ τὸ τῷ πεποιηκότι δοκοῦν παραλύουσί τινες, ἐθελούσιον ἔχοντες ἐφ' ὅπερ ἂν ἕλοιντο τῶν πρακτέων τὴν ῥοπὴν (τετίμηκε γὰρ ἐλευθερίᾳ τὴν φύσιν ὁ Δημιουργὸς), οὐδὲν πρὸς τὸν λόγον, ἐπεί τοι καὶ νόμων τῶν καθ' ἡμᾶς ὑπερορῶσί τινες. Ἀλλ', οἶμαί γε δὴ, καταψέξειεν ἂν οὐδεὶς, εἴ γε νοῦν ἔχοι, τῶν νόμων τοὺς ὁριστὰς, ἐπαιτιῷτο δ' ἂν μᾶλλον καὶ σφόδρα εἰκότως τοὺς ὑπερφρονεῖν ἑλομένους τῶν ἀναγκαίων. Ὅταν τοίνυν πλημμελοῦντες λέγωσί τινες· Ἐδόκει που τάχα τῇ Τύχῃ, καὶ, Εἰμαρμένης ἦν οὗτος ἐπ' ἐμοὶ σκοπὸς, τίς ὁ λῆρος, ὦ οὗτοι, καὶ πρός γε ἡμῶν λελέξεται; Τί δὲ δὴ γράφεσθε τὸ μηδὲν, τῆς σφῶν αὐτῶν ἐλαφρίας οὐ κατεγνωκότες; Ἀλλ' ἥ γε

Prov folly; sparrows; observing days Gal 4§28

28divine Scripture will sound beside the true to those not having chosen to walk upright: ‘A man’s folly will ruin his ways; yet he will accuse God in his heart.’ Therefore then those having set Genesis and Fate and Fortune—easy to fan away—over the things according to us have missed a true glory, and not rather distributing to God the economy of the affairs; although Christ says: ‘Are not two sparrows sold for one assarion? And one of them will not fall upon the earth without your Father who is in the heavens. And of you the hairs of the head are numbered. Do not then fear; you differ from many sparrows.’ For the Craftsman provides for those upon the earth, yet he grants to each both to do what seems, and whichever path he should wish to walk. And since the race upon the earth has grown sick with the turning-aside, he has given a law at once unto help, according as it has been written. Therefore then it is precarious hereafter for everyone having received the faith into Christ, and having driven through that ancient wandering, to be carried off by old-wives’ myths toward what one must not, and to be carried away from the healthy glory, so as to think that Fortune and Fate—the ones not existing at all—drive this all, or then the human.

Palladius: Most precarious. For such a one would altogether and entirely whet the judge upon himself.

Cyril: And what? Do you not say it is all-shameful and truly next-door to such evils—the watching days, and hours, and seasons, and years, and the waxing and waning of the lunar cycle?

Palladius: And very much. For most clearly the divine Paul makes the matter a charge for those having been saved from the nations, saying: ‘But then not knowing God, you were enslaved to those by nature not being gods; yet now having known God, or rather having been known by God, how do you turn again upon the weak and poor elements, to which you wish to be enslaved again from of old above? You observe days, and months, and years, and seasons; I fear you, lest somehow I have labored into you in vain.’

Cyril: The watching of hours then and of days—and I would add also that of seasons—is altogether unfitting for those not having been ignorant of the one and by nature God, or rather for those having been known by him through faith, and having been called unto the intimacy through the grace; for he runs back backward, having let go the boast in Christ, the one having chosen to do this; and he has no longer saved his own mind free-loving, yet rather emptily runs under the yoke of the ancient wandering, distributing to the world’s elements an honor which God would have, and crowning with the highest glories the things having been called unto genesis by the nods of the one who has made. And elements of a world he calls the as-it-were portions of the all—seasons and months, and their measurements, being completed through hours and days

Greek · §28

θεία Γραφὴ παραφωνήσει τὸ ἀληθὲς τοῖς μὴ ὀρθοποδεῖν ᾑρημένοις· «Ἀφροσύνη ἀνδρὸς λυμανεῖται τὰς ὁδοὺς αὐτοῦ· τὸν δὲ Θεὸν αἰτιάσεται τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ.» Ἀληθοῦς οὖν ἄρα διημαρτήκασι δόξης οἱ Γένεσίν τε καὶ Εἰμαρμένην καὶ Τύχην εὐδιαῤῥίπιστον τοῖς καθ' ἡμᾶς ἐπιστήσαντες, καὶ οὐχὶ δὴ μᾶλλον Θεῷ προσνέμοντες τὴν τῶν πραγμάτων οἰκονομίαν· καίτοι λέγοντος τοῦ Χριστοῦ· «Οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου ἑνὸς πωλεῖται; καὶ ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, ἄνευ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. Ὑμῶν δὲ αἱ τρίχες τῆς κεφαλῆς ἠριθμημέναι εἰσί. Μὴ οὖν φοβεῖσθε· πολλῶν στρουθίων διαφέρετε ὑμεῖς.» Προνοεῖ μὲν γὰρ τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ὁ Δημιουργὸς, ἑκάστῳ γε μὴν ἐφίησι καὶ δρᾷν τὸ δοκοῦν, καὶ ἣν ἂν βούλοιτο βαδίζειν ὁδόν. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἠῤῥώστησε τὴν παρατροπὴν τὸ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς γένος, νόμον εὐθὺς εἰς βοήθειαν δέδωκε, κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον. Σφαλερὸν οὖν ἄρα παντί τῳ λοιπὸν τὴν εἰς Χριστὸν πίστιν εἰσδεδεγμένῳ, καὶ τὴν ἀρχαίαν ἐκείνην διελάσαντι πλάνησιν, τὸ γραώδεσι μύθοις ἀποφέρεσθαι πρὸς ἃ μὴ δεῖ, καὶ τῆς ὑγιοῦς ἀποκομίζεσθαι δόξης, ὡς τόδε τὸ σύμπαν, ἤτοι τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἡνιοχεῖν οἴεσθαι Τύχην τε καὶ Εἱμαρμένην, τὰς οὐκ οὔσας ὅλως.

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Σφαλερώτατον. Καταθήξει γὰρ ἂν ὁ τοιοῦτος πάντη τε καὶ πάντως ἐφ' ἑαυτῷ τὸν κριτήν.

{ΚΥΡ.} Τί δέ; οὐ πάναισχρον εἶναι φὴς καὶ ἀγχίθυρον ἀληθῶς τοῖς τοιοῖσδε κακοῖς τὸ ἡμέρας ἐπιτηρεῖν, καὶ ὥρας, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἐνιαυτοὺς, αὖξίν τε καὶ φθίσιν τοῦ σεληνιακοῦ κύκλου;

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Καὶ μάλα. Σαφέστατα γὰρ τοῖς ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἀνασεσωσμένοις ἔγκλημα ποιεῖται τὸ χρῆμα, λέγων ὁ θεσπέσιος Παῦλος· «Ἀλλὰ τότε μὲν οὐκ εἰδότες Θεὸν, ἐδουλεύσατε τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς· νῦν δὲ γνόντες τὸν Θεὸν, μᾶλλον δὲ γνωσθέντες ὑπὸ Θεοῦ, πῶς ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν ἐπὶ τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα, οἷς πάλαι ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε; ἡμέρας παρατηρεῖσθε, καὶ μῆνας, καὶ ἐνιαυτοὺς, καὶ καιρούς· φοβοῦμαι ὑμᾶς, μή πως εἰκῆ κεκοπίακα εἰς ὑμᾶς.»

{ΚΥΡ.} Ἡ ὡρῶν ἄρα καὶ ἡμερῶν ἐπιτήρησις, προσθείην δ' ἂν ὅτι καὶ ἡ καιρῶν, ἀνάρμοστος παντελῶς τοῖς τὸν ἕνα τε καὶ φύσει Θεὸν οὐκ ἠγνοηκόσι, μᾶλλον δὲ τοῖς ὑπ' αὐτοῦ διὰ πίστεως ἐγνωσμένοις, καὶ εἰς οἰκειότητα κεκλημένοις τὴν διὰ τῆς χάριτος· ὑπονοστεῖ γὰρ ἀνόπιν, τὸ ἐν Χριστῷ καύχημα μεθεὶς, ὁ τοῦτο δρᾷν ᾑρημένος· καὶ φιλελεύθερον μὲν οὐκέτι τὸν οἰκεῖον διεσώσατο νοῦν, φληνάφως δὲ μᾶλλον τὸν τῆς ἀρχαίας πλανήσεως ὑποτρέχει ζυγὸν, τοῖς τοῦ κόσμου στοιχείοις τιμὴν ἀπονέμων, ἥνπερ ἂν ἔχοι Θεὸς, καὶ ταῖς ἀνωτάτω στεφανῶν εὐκλείαις τὰ κεκλημένα πρὸς γένεσιν τοῖς τοῦ πεποιηκότος νεύμασι. Στοιχεῖα δὲ κόσμου φησὶ τὰ οἱονεὶ μόρια τοῦ παντὸς, καιρούς τε καὶ μῆνας, καὶ τὰς τούτων ἀναμετρήσεις, διά τε ὡρῶν καὶ ἡμερῶν ἀποτελουμέ

Hours not good/bad; same hour opposite fates§29

29For time being continuous, and having an always-flowing carrying unto the forward, God somehow as it were subjected it by mid-cuttings of seasons, hours and days and by recirculations again unto measures and numbers. For it was necessary, necessary, for those not having a beginning-less out-throw unto being, and as good as not yet about to arrive unto the end of their own life, and of such a time perhaps—beginning, I mean, and ending, and as it were co-establishing its own nature with those not always existing. Therefore nothing else having been brought in for those upon the earth through seasons, hours and days, except only the circular run-through and exact measurement, what do some myth-mold—things which it is also laughable to think? And they say some of the hours are good-working, yet others not such, and they make a very exact watching, distributing to them the being able to bring on both the prospering and the opposite, to whomever they should perhaps choose, or to whomever necessity should make them coincide? Are these things then not already nonsense and terrible mind-harm, and some diabolic snare craftily prepared for evil?

Palladius: I say so, and it is clear.

Cyril: For just as we were saying, that they were persuading us to hang the things according to ourselves upon Fates and Fortune and alien nods, showing our carefulness empty, and carrying us away from care on behalf of ourselves; so also here preparing the same wandering for us, they say the things from days and hours have been hung upon those upon the earth as from a necessary yoke, having a hard-to-flee run-out; and the paradoxical thing (for such a myth is old-wives’), although seeing countless failures following the babblings about these things, they do not gift to experience the being able to prove the trickery; yet writing down badness of hours and days, and bringing the same vote upon the sinkings-to-the-less of the lunar cycle, what ever would they say? If indeed someone should wish in one hour and in a day perhaps to number and say those being in prosperities, and those having fallen into the last calamities—although what is base by nature would become for everyone such as it has also been born; if then hour and dawn are harmful for those upon earth, why does the harm from them not walk through unto all in equality; yet some are in the most prayed-for things, and others have sometimes been destroyed altogether, and full of the evil going unto a limit, have become a myth for the life, and a hypothesis of a tragic stage? Yet it is possible to see for those at least wishing exactly to know and work out what is most beneficial, that according to the same day and hour perhaps, this one has been caught of adultery or murder and pays bitter justices to those judging, yet this one again luxuriates in praises of temperance and orderliness and of fairness beyond measure. Yet neither would a day and hour bar the unbridled one from being temperate, nor indeed would it whet the fair and orderly one unto disorder and unbridled pleasures; yet rather the free judgment unto every whatever, and

Greek · §29

νας. Συνεχῆ γὰρ ὄντα τὸν χρόνον, καὶ ἀείῤῥυτον ἔχοντα τὴν εἰς τὸ πρόσω φορὰν, ταῖς τῶν καιρῶν, ὡρῶν τε καὶ ἡμερῶν οἱονεί πως διὰ μέσον παρεγκοπαῖς καὶ ἀνακυκλήσεσι ταῖς εἰς αὖθις αὖ μέτροις τε καὶ ἀριθμοῖς ὑπέταξε Θεός. Ἔδει γὰρ, ἔδει τοῖς οὐκ ἄναρχον ἔχουσιν εἰς τὸ εἶναι διεκβολὴν, καὶ ὅσον οὐδέπω πρὸς τὸ τῆς ἰδίας ζωῆς ἀφιξομένοις τέλος, καὶ χρόνου τοῦ τοιοῦδε τυχὸν, ἀρχομένου τε, φημὶ, καὶ λήγοντος, καὶ τοῖς οὐκ οὖσιν ἀεὶ τὴν οἰκείαν ὥσπερ συγκαθιστάντος φύσιν. Εἰσκεκομισμένου τοιγαροῦν οὐδενὸς ἑτέρου τοῖς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς διά τε καιρῶν, ὡρῶν τε καὶ ἡμερῶν, πλὴν ὅτι καὶ μόνης τῆς ἐν κύκλῳ διαδρομῆς καὶ ἀναμετρήσεως ἀκριβοῦς, τί μυθοπλαστοῦσί τινες ἃ καὶ γελοῖον ἐννοεῖν; καὶ τὰς μὲν τῶν ὡρῶν ἀγαθοεργοὺς, τὰς δὲ, οὐ τοιαύτας εἶναί φασι, καὶ ἀκριβῆ λίαν ποιοῦνται τὴν ἐπιτήρησιν, αὐταῖς ἀπονέμοντες τὸ ἐπάγειν δύνασθαι τό τε εὐημερεῖν καὶ τὸ ἐναντίον, οἷς ἂν ἕλοιντο τυχὸν, ἢ οἷς ἂν αὐτὰς ἀνάγκη συμβαίνειν; Ἆρ' οὖν οὐχὶ λῆρός τε ἤδη ταυτὶ καὶ φρενοβλάβεια δεινὴ, πάγη δέ τις διαβολικὴ φιλοκακούργως ἐσκευασμένη;

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Φημὶ, καὶ ἔστιν ἐναργές.

{ΚΥΡ.} Ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐλέγομεν, ὅτι Μοίραις τε καὶ Τύχῃ καὶ ἀλλοτρίοις νεύμασι τὰ καθ' ἑαυτοὺς ἡμᾶς ἀνάπτειν ἀνέπειθον, εἰκαῖον ἡμῖν ἀποφαίνοντες τὸ ἐπιμελὲς, καὶ μερίμνης ἀποκομίζοντες τῆς ὑπὲρ σφῶν αὐτῶν· οὕτω κἀνθάδε τὴν αὐτὴν ἡμῖν ἐξαρτύοντες πλάνησιν, καθάπερ ἐξ ἀναγκαίου ζυγοῦ τὰ ἐξ ἡμερῶν καὶ ὡρῶν ἐπηρτῆσθαί φασι, τοῖς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, δυσδιάφυκτον ἔχοντα τὴν διεκδρομήν· καὶ τόγε παράδοξον (γραοπρεπὴς μὲν γὰρ ὁ τοιόσδε μῦθος), ὕθλοις δὲ τοῖς περὶ τούτων νηρίθμους ὁρῶντες ἑπομένας τὰς ἀποτεύξεις, οὐ χαρίζονται τῇ πείρᾳ τὸ διελέγχειν δύνασθαι τὸν φενακισμόν· φαυλότητα δὲ καταγράφοντες ὡρῶν τε καὶ ἡμερῶν, καὶ ταῖς εἰς τὸ μεῖον καταδύσεσι τοῦ σεληνιαίου κύκλου τὴν αὐτὴν ἐπάγοντες ψῆφον, ὅ τί ποτε ἄρα φαῖεν ἄν. Εἰ δὴ βούλοιτό τις ἐν ὥρᾳ μιᾷ καὶ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ τυχὸν, τοὺς μὲν ὄντας ἐν εὐημερίαις, τοὺς δὲ ταῖς ἐσχάταις ἐναλόντας συμφοραῖς, ἀπαριθμεῖσθαι καὶ λέγειν, καίτοι τὸ φύσει φαῦλον παντί τῳ γένοιτ' ἂν ὁποῖον εἶναι καὶ πέφυκεν· εἴπερ οὖν ἐστιν ὥρα τε καὶ ἠὼς τοῖς ἐπὶ γῆς ἐπιζήμια, τί μὴ εἰς πάντας ἐν ἴσῳ τὰ ἐξ αὐτῶν διαστείχει βλάβη· ἀλλ' οἱ μέν εἰσιν ἐν τοῖς ἄγαν εὐκταιοτάτοις, οἱ δὲ διολώλασιν ἔσθ' ὅτε, καὶ τοῦ πρὸς λῆξιν ἰόντος ἔμπλεω κακοῦ, μῦθος τῷ βίῳ γεγόνασι, καὶ σκηνῆς ὑπόθεσις τραγικῆς; Ἀλλ' ἔστιν ἰδεῖν τοῖς γε ἀκριβῶς ἐθέλουσι τὸ ὅτι μάλιστα λυσιτελὲς εἰδέναι τε καὶ ἐκπονεῖν, ὅτι κατὰ τὴν αὐτὴν ἡμέραν τε καὶ ὥραν τυχὸν, ὁ δεῖνα μὲν ἥλω μοιχείας ἢ φόνου καὶ πικρὰς τοῖς δικάζουσιν ἀποτιννύει τὰς δίκας, ὁ δεῖνα δὲ αὖ σωφροσύνης τε καὶ κοσμιότητος καὶ τῆς ὑπὲρ ἄγαν ἐπιεικείας ἐπαίνοις ἐντρυφᾷ. Ἀλλ' οὔτε τὸν ἀκόλαστον ἀπείρξειεν ἂν ἡμέρα τε καὶ ὥρα σωφρονεῖν, οὔτε μὴν τὸν ἐπιεικῆ καὶ κόσμιον, καταθήξειεν ἂν εἰς ἀκοσμίαν καὶ ἀκολάστους ἡδονάς· γνώμη δὲ μᾶλλον ἡ ἐλευθέρα πρὸς πᾶν ὁτιοῦν, καὶ

Free lean; fifth eighth day; waning moon mocked§30

30a let-go lean, has prepared the one to come to be in those things, and the other again in these. Therefore in us, and not in the natural qualities of the seasons, it is possible then to be well-spirited, and the not holding thus.

Palladius: It seems so. For the word is straight at once.

Cyril: And they have feared most especially the fifth and eighth day, and they put forward pretexts in sins, yet they have escaped the notice of none of the freshly-thinking ones swimming upon cold and old-wives’ reasonings; for emptily intertwining with them a genesis of certain Erinyes and a showing-forth of demons, which are also wilder than the others, and penalties and justices, and some other things besides these, the wretches do not blush. And if indeed also the cycle of the moon having before been full-shining should run back unto the less—for thus it lathes the recirculation of the monthly intervals, both waning and waxing according at least to what seems to the one who has crafted; they leave off from every work, and they put off even journeys altogether and entirely, thinking that the things according to us wither together with the element, and that human things melt out together with the turnings-back unto the less. Yet if one must say something smiling at those ones’ unintelligence, they receive the fear fitting for oysters and for the most luckless of the vegetables. For let such bodies perhaps, or then the still greater and more advanced, suffer naturally the co-perception, according to the account the Craftsman knows; for the test in these things is precarious, and the non-busy is not without gain, yet the matter will stand off far and somewhere long from a human understanding. For even if the element should perhaps wane, yet the temperate and well-tuned one will be no less such, and the mind would not sink together unto the less with that one’s rays, nor would the nature of affairs be transferred unto the more shameful and the better having been forced by the powers of the element. For somehow always there accompanies the craftsmen of the best things the needing to partake of every good, yet for the workers of the base things, the things most fitting for them. And I marvel that when the moon is waning, and creeping through unto the end of the month, for them being users and very money-loving the interests increase, and the purses of those having lent are completed thicker, yet they have somehow supposed that the other affairs must necessarily thin together with the element and sicken together. Or do you not say these things are full of laughableness and unintelligence?

Palladius: Altogether so.

Cyril: To lead out long words against those having thus emptily supposed, I think somehow empty. For the unbeautiful is sick from itself, even if no one should say. Yet let us rather go upon that now.

Palladius: What sort?

Cyril: Satan seems to me to abominate both the fifth and the eighth day, and the moon’s path backward from full-shining, or then the

Greek · §30

ἀνειμένη ῥοπὴ, τὸν μὲν ἐν ἐκείνοις, τὸν δ' αὖ ἐν τούτοις γενέσθαι παρεσκεύασεν. Οὐκοῦν ἐν ἡμῖν, καὶ οὐκ ἐν ταῖς τῶν καιρῶν ποιότησι φυσικαῖς, τότε διευθυμεῖσθαι ἔστι, καὶ τὸ μὴ οὕτως ἔχον.

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Ἔοικεν. Εὐθὺς γὰρ ὁ λόγος.

{ΚΥΡ.} Ἐκδεδίασι δὲ ὅτι μάλιστα τήν τε πέμπτην καὶ ὀγδόην ἡμέραν, καὶ προφασίζονται μὲν προφάσεις ἐν ἁμαρτίαις, λελήθασι δὲ τῶν ἀρτιφρόνων οὐδένα ψυχροῖς καὶ γραώδεσιν ἐπινηχόμενοι λογισμοῖς· ἐριννύων γάρ τινων γένεσιν καὶ δαιμονίων ἀνάδειξιν, ἃ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἐστὶν ἀγριώτερα, ποινάς τε καὶ δίκας, καί τινα πρὸς τούτοις ἕτερα, φληνάφως αὐταῖς ἐπιπλέκοντες, οὐκ ἐρυθριῶσιν οἱ τάλανες. Εἰ δὲ δὴ καὶ ὑπονοστήσειεν ἐπὶ τὸ μεῖον ὁ πρὶν πλησιφαὴς ὢν ἤδη τῆς σελήνης κύκλος, διατορνεύει γὰρ ὧδε τῶν μηνιαίων διαστημάτων τὸ ἀνακύκλημα φθίνουσά τε καὶ αὔξουσα κατά γε τὸ τεχνησαμένῳ δοκοῦν· καταλήγουσι μὲν ἔργου παντὸς, ὑπερτίθενται δὲ καὶ ἀποδημίας πάντη τε καὶ πάντως συμφθίνειν οἰόμενοι τῷ στοιχείῳ τὰ καθ' ἡμᾶς, καὶ ταῖς εἰς τὸ μεῖον ὑποστροφαῖς συνεκτήκεσθαι τὰ ἀνθρώπινα. Ἀλλ' εἰ χρή τι ταῖς ἐκείνων ἀσυνεσίαις ἐπιμειδιῶντας εἰπεῖν, τὸν ὀστρείοις πρέποντα καὶ τοῖς τῶν λαχάνων ἀτυχεστάτοις εἰσδέχονται φόβον. Σώματα μὲν γὰρ τὰ τοιάδε τυχὸν ἤγουν τὰ ἔτι μείζω τε καὶ προφερέστερα, πασχέτω φυσικῶς τὴν συναίσθησιν, καθ' ὃν οἶδεν ὁ Δημιουργὸς λόγον· ἐπισφαλὴς γὰρ ἐν τούτοις ἡ βάσανος, καὶ οὐκ ἀκερδὲς τὸ ἄπραγμον, διανοίας δὲ ἀνθρωπίνης ἀφεστήξει πολὺ καὶ μακράν που τὸ χρῆμα κείσεται. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ φθίνει τυχὸν τὸ στοιχεῖον, ἀλλ' ὅ γε σώφρων καὶ ἐμμελὴς οὐδὲν ἧττον ἔσται τοιοῦτος, καὶ οὐκ ἂν ταῖς ἐκείνου συνιζήσει αὐγαῖς ἐπὶ τὸ μεῖον ὁ νοῦς, οὐδ' ἂν μεταθεῖτο τῶν πραγμάτων ἡ φύσις ἐπὶ τὸ αἴσχιόν τε καὶ ἄμεινον ταῖς τοῦ στοιχείου δυνάμεσι κατηναγκασμένη. Ἀεὶ γάρ πως συμπαρομαρτεῖ τοῖς μὲν τῶν ἀρίστων δημιουργοῖς τὸ χρῆναι μεταλαχεῖν παντὸς ἀγαθοῦ, τοῖς γε μὴν τῶν φαύλων ἐργάταις, τὰ αὐτοῖς ὅτι μάλιστα πρεπωδέστατα. Θαυμάζω δὲ ὅτι φθινούσης σελήνης, καὶ εἰς τὸ τοῦ μηνὸς διερπούσης τέλος, χρήσταις μὲν οὖσιν αὐτοῖς καὶ ἄγαν ἐρασιχρημάτοις αὐξάνουσιν οἱ τόκοι, καὶ ἁδρότερα τῶν δεδανεικότων ἀποτελεῖται τὰ βαλάντια, συγκατισχνοῦσθαι δὲ τῷ στοιχείῳ καὶ συναῤῥωστεῖν ἀναγκαίως τὰ ἕτερα τῶν πραγμάτων, οὐκ οἶδ' ὅπως ὑπειλήφασιν. Ἢ οὐκ εἶναι φὴς γελοιότητός τε καὶ ἀσυνεσίας ἔμπλεω ταυτί;

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Πάνυ μὲν οὖν.

{ΚΥΡ.} Τὸ μὲν τοῖς οὕτως φληνάφως ὑπειλημμένοις μακροὺς ἀντεξάγειν λόγους, εἰκαῖον οἶμαί που. Νοσεῖ γὰρ ἐξ ἑαυτῶν, κἂν εἰ μή τις λέγοι, τὸ ἀκαλλές. Ἴωμεν δὲ μᾶλλον ἐπ' ἐκεῖνο νυνί.

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Τὸ ποῖον;

{ΚΥΡ.} Καταμυσάττεσθαί μοι δοκεῖ τήν τε πέμπτην καὶ ὀγδόην ἡμέραν ὁ Σατανᾶς, καὶ τὴν τῆς σελήνης ἐκ πλησιφαοῦς ἀνόπιν ὁδὸν, ἤτοι τῆς συνόδου τὸν

Satan hates 5th/8th/14th; Christ hours Cross Pascha moon§31

31season—that is, the fourteenth—for such a cause, even if being all-variegated and sharp unto mischief-working, he intertwines other starting-points for them; for the seasons or then the days in which it has happened that he slipped off from the tyranny against us, when the Only-begotten shone upon us in human form and in the look according to us, he somehow perhaps does not endure to take even in bare thoughts.

Palladius: How then do you say?

Cyril: For is not a fifth season numbered for us, O Palladius—that of our Savior’s sojourn?

Palladius: I understand what you say, from the Gospel parable at least. For Christ said that the one hiring the workers into the vineyard had gone out about the first hour, and the third and sixth, and ninth and eleventh—that is, in the last season, according to which he both appeared and shone upon us.

Cyril: Most mindfully and very rightly you have spoken. And what? Do we not say that he has been handed over on the fifth of the Sabbath, and has come as it were unto beginnings of the whole economy, through which we all have been saved, the one having become human through us having endured the saving cross on our behalf?

Palladius: And very much.

Cyril: And he has abolished death, and has lived again, having spoiled Hades, not on an eighth—that is, the one of the Sabbaths,

Palladius: Not doubtful.

Cyril: And at any rate the ancient law was typing that the circumcision in flesh, some under-type of the one in spirit and truth, be practiced according to the eighth. And the more advanced circumcision than that ancient one—that is, the one in spirit—is a partaking of Holy Spirit, and the grace in beginnings, which, since he lived again from dead ones, Christ renewed again for us, saying: ‘Receive Holy Spirit.’ And somewhere also the blessed Paul said that ‘Our Pascha was sacrificed—Christ.’ And a day at least of this saving and much-prayed slaughter is the fourteenth according to moon. Thus also the law was proclaiming beforehand clearly the season of our Savior’s slaughter, which we say he has endured on behalf of the world’s life: ‘For on the tenth,’ it says, ‘of the first month, let them take for themselves a sheep according to houses; according to a number,’ it says, ‘of soul they will collect, and it will be kept until the fourteenth of this month, and all the multitude of the sons of Israel will slaughter it toward evening.’ Do you hear how having been taken from a tenth, the victim was kept for those of old unto a fourteenth, in order that you may understand the fifth season, according to which having become human he underwent the death on our behalf, the moon already waning, which has also been set unto beginnings of the night? And the matter is a type of a mystery, and seems to signify thinly the devil’s greediness’s path backward, and a sinking as it were the little-by-little unto the strengthless and altogether weak. And somehow he holds a type of moon. For he also rules

Greek · §31

καιρὸν, τουτέστι, τὴν τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτην, δι' αἰτίαν τοιαύτην, κἂν εἰ παμποίκιλος ὢν καὶ δριμὺς εἰς κακουργίαν, ἑτέρας αὐτοῖς ἐπιπλέκει τὰς ἀφορμάς· τοὺς γάρ τοι καιροὺς ἤτοι τὰς ἡμέρας, ἐν αἷς αὐτὸν τῆς καθ' ἡμῶν τυραννίδος ἀπολισθεῖν συμβέβηκεν, ἐπιλάμψαντος ἡμῖν τοῦ Μονογενοῦς ἐν ἀνθρωπείᾳ μορφῇ καὶ ἐν εἴδει τῷ καθ' ἡμᾶς, τάχα που καὶ ἐν ψιλαῖς ἐννοίαις ἑλεῖν οὐκ ἀνέχεται.

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Πῶς δὴ φής;

{ΚΥΡ.} Οὐ γὰρ, ὦ Παλλάδιε, πέμπτος ἡμῖν ἀπαριθμεῖται καιρὸς, ὁ τῆς τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν ἐπιδημίας;

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Συνίημι ὃ φὴς, ἀπό γε τῆς εὐαγγελικῆς παραβολῆς. Ἐξεληλυθέναι γὰρ ἔφη Χριστὸς, τὸν τοῖς ἐργάταις εἰς τὸν ἀμπελῶνα μισθούμενον, περὶ ὥραν πρώτην, τρίτην τε καὶ ἕκτην, καὶ ἐννάτην καὶ ἑνδεκάτην, τουτέστιν, ἐν τῷ τελευταίῳ καιρῷ, καθ' ὃν ἐπεφάνη τε καὶ ἐπέλαμψεν ἡμῖν.

{ΚΥΡ.} Νουνεχέστατά γε καὶ λίαν ὀρθῶς εἴρηκας. Τί δέ; οὐχὶ τῇ πέμπτῃ τοῦ Σαββάτου παραδεδόσθαι φαμὲν αὐτὸν, καὶ εἰς ἀρχὰς ὥσπερ ἥκειν τῆς ὅλης οἰκονομίας, δι' ἧς οἱ πάντες ἀνασεσώσμεθα, τὸν σωτήριον ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἀνατλάντος σταυρὸν τοῦ δι' ἡμᾶς ἐνηνθρωπηκότος;

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Καὶ μάλα.

{ΚΥΡ.} Κατήργηκε δὲ τὸν θάνατον, καὶ ἀνεβίω πάλιν, σκυλεύσας τὸν ᾅδην, οὐκ ἐν ὀγδόῃ, τουτέστι, τῇ μιᾷ τῶν Σαββάτων,

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Οὐκ ἀμφίβολον.

{ΚΥΡ.} Καὶ γοῦν ὁ πάλαι νόμος τὴν ἐν σαρκὶ περιτομὴν, ὑποτύπωσίν τινα τῆς ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ, διετύπου πράττεσθαι κατὰ τὴν ὀγδόην. Περιτομὴ δέ γε τῆς ἀρχαίας ἐκείνης ἡ προφερεστέρα, τουτέστιν, ἡ ἐν πνεύματι, Πνεύματός ἐστιν ἁγίου μέθεξις, καὶ χάρις ἡ ἐν ἀρχαῖς, ἢν, ἐπείπερ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀνεβίω, πάλιν ἀνεκαίνισεν, ἡμῖν ὁ Χριστὸς, λέγων· «Λάβετε Πνεῦμα ἅγιον.» Ἔφη δέ που καὶ ὁ μακάριος Παῦλος, ὅτι «Τὸ Πάσχα ἡμῶν ἐτύθη Χριστός.» Ἡμέρα γε μὴν τῆς σωτηρίου ταύτης καὶ πολυεύκτου σφαγῆς, ἡ κατὰ σελήνην τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτη. Οὕτω καὶ ὁ νόμος προανεκήρυττεν ἐναργῶς τῆς τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν σφαγῆς τὸν καιρὸν, ἢν ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς ὑπομεμενηκέναι φαμὲν αὐτόν· «Τῇ γὰρ δεκάτῃ, φησὶ, τοῦ μηνὸς τοῦ πρώτου, λαβέτωσαν ἑαυτοῖς πρόβατον κατ' οἴκους, κατ' ἀριθμὸν, φησὶ, ψυχῆς συλλέξουσι, καὶ ἔσται διατετηρημένον ἕως τῆς τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτης τοῦ μηνὸς τούτου, καὶ σφάξουσιν αὐτὸν πρὸς ἑσπέραν πᾶν τὸ πλῆθος τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ.» Ἀκούεις ὅπως ἀπὸ δεκάτης ληφθὲν, εἰς τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτην ἐφυλάττετο τοῖς πάλαι τὸ ἱερεῖον, ἵνα τὸν πέμπτον νοήσῃς καιρὸν, καθ' ὃν γενόμενος ἄνθρωπος τὸν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ὑπέστη θάνατον, φθινούσης ἤδη τῆς σελήνης, ἣ καὶ εἰς ἀρχὰς τέτακται τῆς νυκτός; Μυστηρίου δὲ τὸ χρῆμα τύπος, καὶ ὑποσημαίνειν ἔοικεν ἰσχνῶς, τῆς τοῦ διαβόλου πλεονεξίας τὴν ἀνόπιν ὁδὸν, καὶ κατάδυσιν ὥσπερ τὴν κατὰ βραχὺ πρὸς τὸ ἄναλκι καὶ εἰσάπαν ἀσθενές. Σελήνης δέ πως ἐπέχει τύπον. Ἄρχει γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸς

Night = ignorance; bird-omens mocked; Homer Euripides§32

32of the night—that is, of those still in darkness and nodding, and not having the gleam of the God-knowledge; and that it is custom for the God-breathed Scripture to liken the herd of those wandering-upon to the night, hear what the Master of all says toward Jews, when Jerusalem was running back toward idolatry: ‘I have likened your mother to a night; my people has been likened as not having knowledge.’ Do you understand that he calls night those not having knowledge of the true and according to nature divinity, clearly? Therefore the enemy of all has hated seasons and days according to which he himself has been destroyed, yet we have been saved. And the one hating with that one will be of his portion, and will have a lot with him—the needing to be punished without pause.

Palladius: In a portion then of the truly profane and God-hated idolatry will we also set such things, just as indeed also the empty-myth about the so-called genesis.

Cyril: Know well that it does not hold otherwise, just as also the test of the affairs itself has proven. And besides these things one must abominate very well also the loving to cling to useless bird-watchings, and whisperings and charms; for from lightness of mind some of those beside Greeks have slipped unto this, so as to think that the knowledge of the affairs according to us also lies in the winged ones darting into air. Therefore they are also busy about the flights unto dawn and unto evening, unto right and unto left; and if somehow a crow should appear crying, having set the ear under, they receive it as it were some of the most true things, and they run back rejoicing; and the wretched ones blush not at all, laying up the power of such solemn prophecy upon sparrows. And such a word has been made solemn for them, as they think according to themselves; for the gods show through them, he says. Yet we say the apostate angels are not gods, from whom good and admirable prophets have been voted for us, and knowers of the things about to be—both the screaming crow, and indeed also a swift-winged hawk, and tawny doves, according at least to the words beside Greeks, and the other sparrows—worthy at least the prophets of those sounding into them the chirpings unto us ourselves; and blessed also are you and envy-worthy having obtained such God-speakers; yet you have forgotten as it seems, even while admiring the glories of the poets beside you, that it seemed also to them to laugh the matter through, and to think it nonsense, and nothing of the necessary things. For Homer: Soft one, leave birds, he says, Whether they go upon the right toward dawn and sun, Or upon the left, those toward misty gloom. And Euripides clearly and openly defines the vanity of needing to look down at birds’ flights-through. For he says Theseus is raging upon Hippolytus his own child, and indeed also is attempting to drive him out of the one who bore him. And when that one was saying:

Greek · §32

τῆς νυκτὸς, τουτέστι, τῶν ἐν σκότει καὶ νυσταζόντων ἔτι, καὶ τὴν τῆς θεογνωσίας οὐκ ἐχόντων αὐγήν· ὅτι δὲ τῇ νυκτὶ παρεικάζειν ἔθος τῇ θεοπνεύστῳ Γραφῇ τὴν τῶν ἐπιπλανωμένων ἀγέλην, ἄκουε τί φησιν ὁ πάντων Δεσπότης πρὸς Ἰουδαίους, ὑπονοστούσης πρὸς εἰδωλολατρίαν τῆς Ἱερουσαλήμ· «Νυκτὶ ὡμοίωσα τὴν μητέρα σου· ὡμοιώθη ὁ λαός μου, ὡς οὐκ ἔχων γνῶσιν.» Συνίης ὅτι νύκτα φησὶ τοὺς οὐκ ἔχοντας γνῶσιν τῆς ἀληθοῦς καὶ κατὰ φύσιν δηλονότι θεότητος; Μεμίσηκε τοιγαροῦν ὁ πάντων ἐχθρὸς καιροὺς καὶ ἡμέρας καθ' οὓς διόλωλε μὲν αὐτὸς, ἀνασεσώσμεθα δὲ ἡμεῖς. Ὁ δὲ σὺν ἐκείνῳ μισῶν τῆς αὐτοῦ μερίδος ἔσται, καὶ κλῆρον ἕξει σὺν αὐτῷ, τὸ ἀκαταλήκτως κολάζεσθαι δεῖν.

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Ἐν μοίρᾳ δὴ οὖν τῆς ὡς ἀληθῶς βεβήλου τε καὶ θεομισοῦς εἰδωλολατρίας, καὶ τοιάδε θήσομεν, καθάπερ ἀμέλει καὶ τὴν περὶ τῆς καλουμένης γενέσεως εἰκαιομυθίαν.

{ΚΥΡ.} Ὡς εὖ ἴσθι τοι, μὴ ἑτέρως ἔχειν, καθὰ καὶ αὐτὴ διήλεγξε τῶν πραγμάτων ἡ βάσανος. Καὶ πρός γε δὴ τούτοις καταστυγητέον εὖ μάλα καὶ τὸ προσκεῖσθαι φιλεῖν ἀνονήτοις οἰωνοσκοπίαις, ψιθυρισμοῖς τε καὶ ἐπῳδαῖς· νοῦ γὰρ ἐλαφρίας εἰς τοῦτο διωλισθήκασί τινες τῶν παρ' Ἕλλησιν, ὡς οἴεσθαι τῶν καθ' ἡμᾶς πραγμάτων τὴν γνῶσιν, καὶ τοῖς εἰς ἀέρα διᾴττουσιν ἐγκεῖσθαι πτηνοῖς. Τοιγάρτοι καὶ τὰς εἰς ἕω τε καὶ εἰς ἑσπέραν, εἰς δεξιόν τε καὶ εἰς εὐώνυμον περιεργάζονται πτήσεις· κἂν εἰ κράζουσά πω φαίνοιτο κορώνη, τὸ οὖς ὑποστήσαντες, καθάπερ τι τῶν ἄγαν ἀληθεστάτων ἐκδέχονται, καὶ ὑπονοστοῦσι χαίροντες· ἐπερυθριῶσι δὲ οὐδαμῶς οἱ δείλαιοι, τῆς οὕτω σεπτῆς προφητείας τὴν δύναμιν ἀνατιθέντες στρουθίοις. Σεμνὸς δὲ αὐτοῖς ἐκπεποίηται τοιουτοσὶ λόγος, ὥσπερ οἴονται κατὰ σφᾶς αὐτούς· φαίνουσι γὰρ δι' αὐτῶν οἱ θεοὶ, φησίν. Ἡμεῖς δὲ θεοὺς οὐκ εἶναί φαμεν τοὺς ἀποστάτας ἀγγέλους, παρ' ὧν εἰς ἡμᾶς ἀγαθοί τε καὶ ἀξιάγαστοι προφῆται κεχειροτόνηνται, καὶ τῶν ἐσομένων οἱ γνῶσται, ἥ τε λακέρυζα κορώνη, καὶ μὴν καὶ ὠκύπτερος ἴρηξ, ξουθαί τε πέλειαι, κατά γε τοὺς παρ' Ἕλλησι λόγους, καὶ τὰ ἕτερα τῶν στρουθίων, ἄξιοί γε οἱ προφῆται τῶν ἐνηχούντων αὐτοῖς τὰ εἰς ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς τερετίσματα· ὄλβιοι δὲ καὶ ὑμεῖς καὶ ἀξιοζήλωτοι τοιούτων τυχόντες τῶν θεηγόρων· ἐκλέλησθε δὲ ὡς ἔοικε καὶ τὰς τῶν παρ' ὑμῖν ποιητῶν θαυμάζοντες δόξας, ὅτι καὶ αὐτοῖς ἐδόκει τὸ χρῆμα διαγελᾷν, ὕθλον τε εἶναι νομίζειν αὐτὸ, καὶ τῶν ἀναγκαίων οὐδέν. Ὅμηρος μὲν γάρ· Ὢ πέπον, οἰωνοὺς μὲν ἔα, φησὶν, Εἴτ' ἐπὶ δέξι' ἴωσι πρὸς ἠώ τ' ἠέλιόν τε, Εἴτ' ἐπ' ἀριστερὰ, τοί γε ποτὶ ζόφον ἠερόεντα. Εὐριπίδης δὲ σαφῶς καὶ ἀναφανδὸν καθορίζει τὸ μάταιον τοῦ κατασκέπτεσθαι δεῖν τὰς οἰωνῶν διαπτήσεις. Θησέα μὲν γὰρ Ἱππολύτῳ φησὶ ἐπιμαίνεσθαι τῷ οἰκείῳ παιδὶ, καὶ δὴ καὶ ἐξελᾷν τῆς ἐνεγκούσης ἐπιχειρεῖν. Ἐκείνου δὲ φάσκοντος·

Euripides vs birds; no charms; Lord Sabaoth misuse§33

33Neither oath, nor faith, nor prophets’ Sayings having tested, you cast me out of land unjudged. Theseus toward this said: This tablet not having received a lot Accuses you faithfully; yet the birds going above the head, I say farewell much. And indeed God’s voice would become trustworthy, and the faith better than the writing in a tablet, if somehow it is also not unlikely for us to speak false; yet to sin nothing is God’s, and the true is most especially dear. Yet Theseus somehow knew altogether that the birds going above the head are nothing completely. Therefore one must not yet ascribe the knowledge of the things about to be to demons, yet rather we will distribute it to God as exceptional. And trickery will be hereafter—the birds’ prophecies—and a clear proof of an unsafe understanding—the faith upon this. And somewhere also the law itself says: ‘You will not use bird-omens,’ knowing the matter abominable, and most especially abominated beside the God ruling all.

Palladius: Thus these things seem to me myself also to hold.

Cyril: And since again this secret and old-wives’ whispering would also be a portion and manner of sorcery. Therefore also the divine Moses clarified the laws from above for us, always joining the stumblings, and somehow as it were setting the charm in brotherhood and same-nature with the drug-working. ‘For there will not be,’ he was saying, ‘in you one prophesying a prophecy, using bird-omens and omen-taking, a drug-worker, a charmer, a wonder-watcher, and a ventriloquist, and one asking the dead.’ Yet the charm is sick with the all-shameful altogether, and with lying very much in evil, yet somehow some have been fluttered unto this, saying that—Lord Sabaoth they name while charming over the sick, the caretakers of such things. In this way then they also hurry to confirm that the practice would not be shameful hereafter. Yet they seem to be carried off by a cold and inactive reasoning unto deceit and mind-harm; therefore this very thing is that the matter is most hard to bear. For we cry out the ‘Lord Sabaoth’ to the God of the wholes, wishing to doxologize; yet to no other of the things that are do we grant to have such a calling. For one and alone is the Lord of the powers. Yet they easily cast aside the thus supernatural and most glorious surname—or then doxology—to whichever of the demons playing together with them they should choose, and to the actors of their wonder-working they gift the glory most fitting for God and him alone, both flattering and being flattered, and distributing the excess of such terrible impiety of the running-together upon whatever they should choose unto a counter-payment. For always God-fighting and most glory-loving is the band of the demons. Therefore we must not be carried off together with those ones’ bad counsels, yet rather stand off as farthest, and not pay attention to wicked healers or wonder-workers—the demons—asking as some wage of the playthings unto us the blasphe

Greek · §33

Οὔθ' ὅρκον, οὔτε πίστιν, οὐδὲ μάντεων Φήμας ἐλέγξας, ἄκριτον ἐκβάλλεις με γῆς. Θησέα πρὸς τοῦτο εἰπεῖν· Ἡ δέλτος ἤδε κλῆρον οὐ δεδεγμένη Κατηγορεῖ σου πιστά· τοὺς δ' ὑπὲρ κάρα Φοιτῶντας ὄρνεις, πόλλ' ἐγὼ χαίρειν λέγω. Καὶ μὴν ἀξιόχρεως ἡ Θεοῦ φωνὴ γένοιτ' ἂν, καὶ τῆς ἐν δέλτῳ γραφῆς, ἀμείνων ἡ πίστις, εἴπερ ἐστὶ καὶ ψευδοεπεῖν οὐκ ἀπεικὸς ἡμᾶς· μηδὲν δὲ ἁμαρτεῖν, ἔστι Θεοῦ, καὶ τὸ ἀληθὲς ὅτι μάλιστα φίλον. Ἀλλ' ᾔδει που πάντως τοὺς ὑπὲρ κάρα φοιτῶντας ὄρνεις Θησεὺς, οὐδὲν ὄντας παντελῶς. Οὐκοῦν δαιμονίοις μὲν ἀναθετέον οὔτι πω τῶν ἐσομένων τὴν γνῶσιν, Θεῷ δὲ μᾶλλον αὐτὴν προσνεμοῦμεν ὡς ἐξαίρετον. Καὶ φενακισμὸς ἔσται λοιπὸν, τὰ τῶν ὀρνίθων μαντεύματα, καὶ διανοίας οὐκ ἀσφαλοῦς ἔλεγχος ἐναργὴς, ἡ ἐπὶ τῷδε πίστις. Καὶ αὐτὸς δέ πού φησιν ὁ νόμος· «Οὐκ οἰωνιεῖσθε,» βδελυρὸν τὸ χρῆμα εἰδὼς, καὶ ὅτι μάλιστα κατεστυγημένον παρά γε τῷ πάντων κρατοῦντι Θεῷ.

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Ὧδε ταῦτα ἔχειν καὶ αὐτῷ μοι δοκεῖ.

{ΚΥΡ.} Ἐπειδὴ δὲ πάλιν, καὶ ὁ λαθραῖος οὗτος καὶ γραοπρεπὴς ψιθυρισμὸς, γοητείας ἂν εἴη μοῖρα τε καὶ τρόπος. Τοιγάρτοι καὶ ὁ θεσπέσιος Μωσῆς τοὺς ἄνωθεν ἡμῖν διεσαφήνισε νόμους, ἀεὶ συνάπτων τὰ πλημμελήματα, καὶ οἱονεί πως ἐν ἀδελφότητι καὶ ὁμοφυΐᾳ τιθεὶς τῇ φαρμακείᾳ τὴν ἐπῳδήν. «Οὐκ ἔσται γὰρ, ἔφασκεν, ἐν ὑμῖν μαντευόμενος μαντείαν, οἰωνιζόμενος καὶ κληδονιζόμενος, φαρμακὸς, ἐπαοιδὸς, τερατοσκόπος, καὶ ἐγγαστρίμυθος, καὶ ἐπερωτῶν τοὺς νεκρούς.» Ἀλλὰ νοσεῖ μὲν ἡ ἐπῳδὴ τὸ πάναισχρον κομιδῇ, καὶ τὸ ἐν κακῷ κεῖσθαι λίαν, ἀνεπτόηνται δὲ οὐκ οἶδ' ὅπως εἰς τοῦτό τινες, ἐκεῖνο λέγοντες ὅτι Κύριον Σαβαὼθ ὀνομάζουσι κατεπᾴδοντες τοῖς ἠῤῥωστηκόσιν οἱ τῶν τοιῶνδε μελεδωνοί. Ταύτῃ τοι καὶ ἐμπεδοῦν, ὅτι μὴ αἰσχρὸν εἴη λοιπὸν τὸ ἐπιτήδευμα, διασπεύδουσιν. Ἐοίκασι δὲ ψυχρῷ τε καὶ ἀδρανεῖ πρὸς ἀπάτην καὶ φρενοβλάβειαν ἀποκομίζεσθαι λογισμῷ· τοιγάρτοι τοῦ πράγματος ὅτι μάλιστα δυσαχθὲς, αὐτὸ δὴ τοῦτό ἐστιν. Ἡμεῖς γὰρ τὸ, Κύριος Σαβαὼθ, τῷ τῶν ὅλων ἀναφωνοῦμεν Θεῷ, δοξολογεῖν ἐθέλοντες· ἑτέρῳ γε μὴν τῶν ὄντων οὐδενὶ τὴν τοιάνδε κλῆσιν ἐφίεμεν ἔχειν. Εἷς γὰρ καὶ μόνος ἐστὶν ὁ τῶν δυνάμεων Κύριος. Οἱ δὲ, τὴν οὕτως ὑπερφυᾶ καὶ εὐκλεεστάτην ἐπωνυμίαν, ἤτοι δοξολογίαν, παραῤῥίπτουσιν εὐκόλως οἷς ἂν ἕλοιντο τῶν συναθυρόντων αὐτοῖς δαιμονίων, καὶ τοῖς τῆς τερατουργίας αὐτῶν ὑποκριταῖς, τὴν Θεῷ καὶ μόνῳ πρεπωδεστάτην χαρίζονται δόξαν, κολακεύοντές τε καὶ κολακευόμενοι, καὶ τῆς οὕτω δεινῆς δυσσεβείας τὴν ὑπερβολὴν, τῆς ἐφ' οἷς ἂν ἕλοιντο συνδρομῆς ἀπονέμοντες εἰς ἀντέκτισιν. Θεομάχον γὰρ ἀεὶ καὶ φιλοδοξότατον τῶν δαιμονίων τὸ στῖφος. Χρὴ τοιγαροῦν, μὴ ταῖς ἐκείνων ἡμᾶς συναποφέρεσθαι δυσβουλίαις, ἀποφοιτᾷν δὲ μᾶλλον ὡς ἀπωτάτω, καὶ μὴ πονηροῖς προσέχειν ἰατροῖς ἢ τερατουργοῖς, τοῖς δαίμοσι, μισθὸν ὥσπερ τινὰ τῶν εἰς ἡμᾶς ἀθυρμάτων ἐξαιτοῦσι τὰς δυσφη

Pray Lord Sabaoth yourself; James 5; no false oaths§34

34mies. And you, if you ache in some of the body’s portions, and have truly believed that the Lord Sabaoth, and such callings which the divine Scripture distributes to the God according to nature, will become loosening for you of the evil, yourself praying on behalf of yourself, cry out the words; for you will do better than those, laying up the glory for God, and not for the unclean spirits. And I will also remember the God-breathed Scripture saying: ‘Is someone weak among you? Let him call the elders of the Church, and let them pray upon him, having anointed him with oil, in the name of the Lord; and the prayer of the faith will save the one laboring, and the Lord will raise him, and if he has done sins, it will be forgiven him.’

Palladius: Let bird-watching then, and indeed also charm, be ranged together, if it seems good, with those having been accused from law, and with those in most shameful and most abominable glory beside God.

Cyril: And very much, and I would add that also in other manners we will insult God, and someone would owe a writing and words of the impiety unto him, having chosen to false-swear, and to say some reverse-speaking and discordant thing against at least the highest and uppermost glory. For the one is punished with the altogether anger, and with unmanageable penalty, the sickle completing, according as it has been written, the false-swearer’s hearth, and shaking it down unto the complete: ‘For it will enter,’ it says, ‘into the house of the thief, and into the house of the one swearing by my name upon a lie, and will dissolve in the middle of his house, and will complete him, and his woods, and his stones.’ Yet the other—the needing to have died, and to have the justice beyond all the evils. Therefore one must swear not upon a lie; or rather not swear at all. For this the Savior taught us, saying: ‘Let your Yes be yes, and your No, no; and the excess of these is from the devil.’ For there will not be need of an oath at all for those in a reputation of solemnity, and having made virtue as it were house-mate; for among the lovers of piety the life of such ones has been very much honored, and to hate being disbelieved; and if somehow he should utter something, he is at once crowned with the hearers’ faith. Therefore let our life be well-glorious, and the need of swearing through will altogether somehow be idle, as I think. And if somehow it should come to be, and of some sometimes thinking little of the honor unto holy ones, let God be oath-partner, let another’s name of some not be carried beside. For already some going without looking-around unto loose fadings pretend to be indifferent, saying by heaven, or justice, by Adrasteia, by the light, by the lamp. And collecting some other things according to what seems to them, they somehow perhaps also think to be pious, thrusting aside the divine name, yet gilding with the glory fitting for God the things having been called unto genesis by his nods. Such a wandering we will find Israel having been sick with according to seasons. For confessedly to God they built up the one in Jerusalem

Greek · §34

μίας. Σὺ δὲ εἴ τι τῶν τοῦ σώματος μορίων ἀλγεῖς, καὶ πεπίστευκας ἀληθῶς, ὅτι τὸ Κύριος Σαβαὼθ, καὶ αἱ τοιαίδε κλήσεις ἃς Θεῷ τῷ κατὰ φύσιν ἡ θεία προσνέμει Γραφὴ, λυτικαί σοι γενήσονται τοῦ κακοῦ, αὐτὸς ὑπὲρ σεαυτοῦ προσευχόμενος, ἀναφώνει τὰς λέξεις· ἄμεινον γὰρ ἢ ἐκεῖνοι δράσεις, Θεῷ τὴν δόξαν ἀνατιθεὶς, καὶ οὐχὶ τοῖς ἀκαθάρτοις πνεύμασι. Μεμνήσομαι δὲ καὶ τῆς θεοπνεύστου Γραφῆς λεγούσης· «Ἀσθενεῖ τις ἐν ὑμῖν; προσκαλεσάσθω τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους τῆς Ἐκκλησίας, καὶ προσευξάσθωσαν ἐπ' αὐτῷ, ἀλείψαντες αὐτὸν ἐλαίῳ, ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου· καὶ ἡ εὐχὴ τῆς πίστεως σώσει τὸν κάμνοντα, καὶ ἐγερεῖ αὐτὸν ὁ Κύριος, κἂν ἁμαρτίας ᾖ πεποιηκὼς, ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ.»

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Οἰωνοσκοπία δὴ οὖν, καὶ μέν τοι καὶ ἐπῳδὴ συντετάχθω, εἰ δοκεῖ, τοῖς ἐκ νόμου διαβεβλημένοις, καὶ τοῖς ἐν αἰσχίστῃ καὶ βδελυρωτάτῃ δόξῃ παρὰ Θεῷ.

{ΚΥΡ.} Καὶ μάλα, προσθείην δ' ἂν, ὅτι καὶ καθ' ἑτέρους τὸν Θεὸν ὑβριοῦμεν τρόπους, καὶ τῆς εἰς αὐτὸν δυσσεβείας ὄφλοι τις ἂν γραφήν τε καὶ λόγους, τὸ ψευδορκεῖν ᾑρημένος, καὶ τὸ παλίμφημόν τι, καὶ ἀπηχὲς εἰπεῖν κατά γε τῆς ὑπερτάτης καὶ ἀνωτάτω δόξης. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ κολάζεται τῇ εἰσάπαν ὀργῇ, καὶ ἀσχέτῳ ποινῇ, συντελοῦντος τοῦ δρεπάνου, καθὰ γέγραπται, τὴν τοῦ ψευδορκοῦντος ἑστίαν, καὶ κατασείοντος εἰς τὸ παντελές· «Εἰσελεύσεται γὰρ, φησὶν, εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ κλέπτου, καὶ εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ ὀμνύοντος τῷ ὀνόματί μου ἐπὶ ψεύδει, καὶ καταλύσει ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ οἴκου αὐτοῦ, καὶ συντελέσει αὐτὸν, καὶ τὰ ξύλα αὐτοῦ, καὶ τοὺς λίθους αὐτοῦ.» Θάτερόν γε μὴν, τὸ ἐκτεθνάναι δεῖν, καὶ τὸ πάντων ἐπέκεινα τῶν κακῶν ἔχειν τὴν δίκην. Χρὴ τοιγαροῦν ὀμνύναι μὴ ἐπὶ ψεύδει· μᾶλλον δὲ μηδ' ὅλως ὀμνύναι. Τουτὶ γὰρ ἡμᾶς ἐδίδαξεν ὁ Σωτὴρ, λέγων· «Ἔστω ὑμῶν, τὸ Ναὶ, ναὶ, καὶ τὸ Οὒ, οὔ· τὸ δὲ περισσὸν τούτων, ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστίν.» Ὅρκου γὰρ ὅλως οὐκ ἔσται χρεία τοῖς ἐν ὑπολήψει σεμνότητος, καὶ σύνοικον ὥσπερ πεποιημένοις τὴν ἀρετήν· ἐκτετίμηται γὰρ λίαν παρὰ τοῖς εὐσεβείας ἐρασταῖς τῶν τοιούτων ὁ βίος, καὶ τὸ ἀπιστεῖσθαι μισεῖν· κἂν εἴ τι φθέγγοιτο τυχὸν, τῇ τῶν ἀκροωμένων εὐθὺς στεφανοῦται πίστει. Ἔστω τοιγαροῦν ἡμῶν εὐκλεὴς ὁ βίος, καὶ ἀργήσει πάντως που, καθάπερ ἐγᾦμαι, καὶ ἡ τοῦ διόμνυσθαι χρεία. Εἰ δὲ δή που γένοιτο, καὶ τῆς εἰς ἁγίους τιμῆς ὀλιγωρούντων ἔσθ' ὅτε τινῶν, ὅρκιος ἔστω Θεὸς, μὴ τὸ ἑτέρων ὄνομα παρακομιζέσθω τινῶν. Ἀπερισκέπτως γὰρ ἤδη τινὲς εἰς ἐκλύτους ἰόντες ἐξιτηλίας, ἀδιαφορεῖν ὑποπλάττονται, νὴ τὸν οὐρανὸν, ἢ τὴν δίκην, νὴ τὴν Ἀδράστειαν λέγοντες, νὴ τὸ φῶς, νὴ τὸν λύχνον. Ἕτερά τε ἄττα κατὰ τὸ σφίσι δοκοῦν συλλέγοντες, τάχα που καὶ εὐσεβεῖν οἴονται, τὸ μὲν θεῖον ὄνομα παρωθούμενοι, τῇ δὲ πρεπούσῃ Θεῷ καταχρυσοῦντες δόξῃ τὰ τοῖς αὐτοῦ νεύμασι κεκλημένα πρὸς γένεσιν. Τοιαύτην τινὰ πλάνησιν ἠῤῥωστηκότα κατὰ καιροὺς τὸν Ἰσραὴλ εὑρήσομεν. Ὁμολογουμένως γὰρ τῷ Θεῷ τὸν ἐν τοῖς Ἱεροσολύμοις ἀνεδείμαντο

Temple boast; heaven/earth oaths; Yes-Yes; greater than man§35

35temple, and thinking great upon this very thing, and having believed they had come inside the boasts unto piety, and to take very well a most notable glory of the things announced to them through all-wise Moses, thinking little they were being caught carelessly; yet that the matter will not be for them unto good-fame from somewhere, and God does not delight in the buildings from stones, he was teaching saying: ‘The heaven is a throne for me, and the earth a footstool of my feet. What sort of house will you build for me? Or what place of my rest? says the Lord.’ For God fills all things, and rests upon heaven, yet also reaches upon the earth; for the divine is not in quantity, but just as it is farthest from bodily fantasy, so also from place and from seeming to have been quantified. And since once Jews were hearing him saying, The heaven is a throne for me, and the earth a footstool of my feet, going unto unsafe thoughts, they were making the heaven an oath-partner, naming it a divine throne, and likewise also the earth, as lying under God’s feet; and indeed also Jerusalem, for it is a city, they were saying, of the God ruling all—although the more ancient holy ones had made the ‘The Lord lives’ in need of an oath. Yet the Savior counterfeited the Jews’ most silly thought, saying one must not swear off, neither in the heaven, because it is God’s throne, nor in the earth, because it is a footstool of his feet, nor unto Jerusalem, because it is a city of the great king; for what those ones were saying while babbling, these things the Savior uttered usefully, proving everywhere their piety in these things at least as plastered-on, and invented from I know not where. Therefore let the wandering upon this also be gone. For we have been taught in the needs of an oath never to have remembered any other at all, yet rather to make unto a safe and worthy faith the Yes, yes, and the No, no. And the law also said: ‘If a deposit should be destroyed toward someone, and the one having given should demand the faith upon this, there will be an oath of God in between both.’ And humans swear according to the greater; for thus Paul the wise said to us; and we say it is greater than a human, understanding rightly, not by size perhaps, or then excessing in understanding and wisdom and glory, but as the being somehow thus for us.

Palladius: I do not understand what you say.

Cyril: And indeed, O Palladius, clear, as at least it seems to me, and evident is the word. Or do we not say that many of the things made differ incomparably by size from human bodies, and besides the heaven?

Palladius: And very much.

Cyril: And in understanding and wisdom and thinness of bodies, do angels not excel?

Palladius: They excel, but also in honor.

Cyril: And in brightness and glory—I mean the one according to body—is not the sun’s nature incomparably better;

Palladius: Better.

Greek · §35

ναὸν, καὶ ἐπ' αὐτῷ δὴ τούτῳ φρονοῦντες μέγα, καὶ τῶν εἰς εὐσέβειαν αὐχημάτων εἴσω γενέσθαι πεπιστευκότες, καὶ ἀξιολογωτάτην εὖ μάλα τὴν δόξαν ἑλεῖν τῶν σφίσι διηγγελμένων διὰ τοῦ πανσόφου Μωσέως ὀλίγα φροντίσαντες ἀπεριμερίμνως ἡλίσκοντο· ἀλλ' ὅτι τὸ χρῆμα αὐτοῖς οὐ πρὸς εὔκλειαν ἔσται ποθὲν, καὶ γάννυται δὲ οὐχὶ ταῖς ἐκ λίθων οἰκοδομίαις ὁ Θεὸς, ἐδίδασκε λέγων· «Ὁ οὐρανός μοι θρόνος, ἡ δὲ γῆ ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν μου. Ποῖον οἶκον οἰκοδομήσετέ μοι; ἢ τίς τόπος τῆς καταπαύσεώς μου; λέγει Κύριος.» Ἐμπίπλησι γὰρ τὰ πάντα Θεὸς, καὶ ἐπαναπαύεται μὲν οὐρανῷ, διήκει δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς· οὐ γὰρ ἐν ποσῷ τὸ θεῖον, ἀλλ' ὥσπερ ἐστὶν ἀπωτάτω φαντασίας σωματικῆς, οὕτω καὶ τόπου καὶ τοῦ πεποσῶσθαι δοκεῖν. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἅπαξ Ἰουδαῖοι λέγοντος ἤκουον, Ὁ οὐρανός μοι θρόνος, ἡ δὲ γῆ ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν μου, πρὸς ἐννοίας ἰόντες οὐκ ἀσφαλεῖς, ὅρκιον ἐποιοῦντο τὸν οὐρανὸν, θεῖον αὐτὸν ὀνομάζοντες θρόνον, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τὴν γῆν, ὡς ὑπὸ πόδας Θεοῦ κειμένην· καὶ μὴν καὶ τὴν Ἱερουσαλὴμ, πόλις γὰρ, ἔφασκον, ἐστὶ τοῦ πάντων κρατοῦντος Θεοῦ, καί τοι τῶν ἀρχαιοτέρων ἁγίων τὸ, Ζῇ Κύριος, ἐν ὅρκου χρείᾳ πεποιημένων. Ἀλλὰ τὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἠλιθιωτάτην ἔννοιαν κατεκιβδήλευσεν ὁ Σωτὴρ, μὴ δεῖν ἀπόμνυσθαι λέγων, μήτε ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, ὅτι θρόνος ἐστὶ Θεοῦ, μήτε ἐν τῇ γῇ, ὅτι ὑποπόδιόν ἐστι τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ, μήτε εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, ὅτι πόλις τοῦ μεγάλου βασιλέως ἐστίν· ἃ γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι ληροῦντες ἔφασκον, ταῦτα χρησίμως ὁ Σωτὴρ ἐφθέγξατο, πανταχῆ κατάπλαστον, καὶ οὐκ οἶδ' ὅθεν ἐξευρημένον ἐλέγχων αὐτῶν τὸ ἔν γε τούτοις εὐλαβές. Οἰχέσθω δὴ οὖν καὶ ἡ ἐπὶ τῷδε πλάνησις. Δεδιδάγμεθα γὰρ ἐν ταῖς ὅρκου χρείαις, μηδενὸς μὲν ἑτέρου διαμεμνῆσθαι πώποτε, ποιεῖσθαι δὲ μᾶλλον εἰς πίστιν ἀσφαλῆ καὶ ἀξιόχρεων, τὸ Ναὶ, ναὶ, καὶ τὸ Οὔ, οὔ. Ἔφη δὲ καὶ ὁ νόμος· «Εἰ ἀπόλοιτο παρακαταθήκη πρός τινος, ἐξαιτοίη δὲ ὁ δοὺς τὴν ἐπὶ τῷδε πίστιν, ὅρκος ἔσται τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀναμέσον ἀμφοτέρων.» Καὶ ἄνθρωποι μὲν κατὰ τοῦ μείζονος ὀμνύουσιν· ἔφη γὰρ ὧδε Παῦλος ἡμῖν ὁ σοφός· μεῖζον δὲ εἶναί φαμεν ἀνθρώπου, νοοῦντες ὀρθῶς, οὐ τῷ μεγέθει τυχὸν, ἤγουν ἐν συνέσει καὶ σοφίᾳ, καὶ δόξῃ πλεονεκτοῦν, ἀλλ' ὡς τὸ εἶναι τοιῶσδε τυχὸν ἡμῖν.

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Οὐ συνίημι ὃ φής.

{ΚΥΡ.} Καὶ μὴν, ὦ Παλλάδιε, σαφὴς, ὥς γέ μοι δοκεῖ, καὶ ἐναργὴς ὁ λόγος. Ἢ γὰρ οὐχὶ μεγέθει φαμὲν τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων σωμάτων διενεγκεῖν ἀσυγκρίτως πολλὰ τῶν πεποιημένων, καὶ προσέτι τὸν οὐρανόν;

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Καὶ πάνυ.

{ΚΥΡ.} Συνέσει δὲ καὶ σοφίᾳ καὶ ἰσχνότητι σωμάτων, οὐχ ὑπερφέρουσιν ἄγγελοι;

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Ὑπερφέρουσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τιμῇ.

{ΚΥΡ.} Λαμπρότητι δὲ καὶ δόξῃ τῇ κατὰ σῶμά φημι, οὐκ ἀπαραβλήτως ἀμείνων ἡλίου φύσις·

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Ἀμείνων.

Swear by God alone; blasphemy vs Spirit; no limping both§36

36Cyril: It has been fixed then, that each of these would reasonably have as toward us the excelling, according to which it has been born to conquer. Will we then make these oath-partners, having left as superfluous the remembering of God?

Palladius: Not at all.

Cyril: Therefore then what is by nature overstretched and having differed by the whole being from the things made—that is, God—seems also to say greater than a human.

Palladius: You speak well.

Cyril: Therefore let the Yes, and the No, beside those having chosen to live best, be both need and power of an oath, and let it have been fixed rightly; for thus will also follow the needing to be believed. And if the Yes and the No should be dishonored by someone, let the need of the oaths be turned hereafter unto the greater than according to us, or rather than according to all the creation. And blasphemy—what would I say hereafter, where it is, and that it may carry off unto evil those using it—which the ancient law also honors with bitter death. And Christ himself has also condemned it with inescapable and endless evils: ‘For whoever should say a word against the Son of the human, it will be forgiven him; yet whoever should say against the Holy Spirit, it will not be forgiven him, neither in the now age, nor in the coming.’ Calling Spirit the nature above body, which is God, to whom the one daring to send an unbridled tongue will reap the fruits of doorless-mouthing. ‘For lips of a fool lead him unto evils, according as it has been written. And his bold mouth calls upon death.’ Therefore also the divine Melodist was saying: ‘Set, Lord, a guard for my mouth, and a door of enclosure around my lips; do not lean my heart aside unto words of wickedness.’ And these would be a most unholy shouting-down against God and the unspeakable and undefiled nature.

Palladius: One must then be well fixed, those hurrying to go blamelessly upon the straight, and not enduring to strike against God.

Cyril: Thus I say. For toward those approaching God not from a healthy heart, but from a suspected and corrupted one, and having chosen to be sick with the strengthless and easily-shaken, the prophet says: ‘Until when will you limp upon both your hams, either Baal, Baal, or God, God?’ For the neither healthy altogether toward faith, nor indeed loving to have been fixed unto wandering, is to limp upon both, and indeed, what is upon each destroys the genuine. And a pretext of the thus rotten and easily-broken judgment would become for some, I think, the making plastered-on and not true the loving unto God, and to play-act wishing to Christianize, yet not to do this from whole heart, nor indeed having been persuaded by shame toward the true and having honored what holds rightly; but either hunting

Greek · §36

{ΚΥΡ.} Ἄραρεν οὖν, ὅτι τούτων ἕκαστον ἔχοι ἂν εἰκότως ὡς πρὸς ἡμᾶς τὸ ὑπερτεροῦν, καθ' ὃ πέφυκε νικᾷν. Ὅρκια δὴ οὖν ταυτὶ ποιησόμεθα, παρέντες ὡς περιττὸν, τὸ διαμεμνῆσθαι Θεοῦ;

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Οὐδαμῶς.

{ΚΥΡ.} Ἔοικεν οὖν ἄρα τὸ κατὰ φύσιν ὑπερτενὲς καὶ ὅλῳ τῷ εἶναι τῶν πεποιημένων διενεγκὸν, τουτέστι, Θεὸν, καὶ ἀνθρώπου μεῖζον εἰπεῖν.

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Εὖ λέγεις.

{ΚΥΡ.} Ἔστω τοιγαροῦν τὸ Ναὶ, καὶ τὸ Οὓ, παρά γε τοῖς ἄριστα βιοῦν ᾑρημένοις, ὅρκου χρεία τε καὶ δύναμις, καὶ διαπεπήχθω ὀρθῶς· ἕψεται γὰρ οὕτω καὶ τὸ πιστεύεσθαι δεῖν. Εἰ δὲ ἀτιμάζοιτο πρός τινος τὸ Ναὶ καὶ τὸ Οὒ, τῶν ὅρκων ἡ χρεία τετράφθω λοιπὸν ἐπὶ τὸ μεῖζον ἢ καθ' ἡμᾶς, μᾶλλον δὲ ἢ κατὰ πᾶσαν τὴν κτίσιν. Δυσφημίαν δὲ, τί ἂν λέγοιμι λοιπὸν, ὅποι τέ ἐστι, καὶ ἵν' ἀποφέρῃ κακοῦ τοὺς αὐτῇ χρωμένους, ἣν θανάτῳ μὲν πικρῷ καὶ ὁ πάλαι τιμᾶται νόμος. Καταδεδίκακε δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ Χριστὸς, ἀφύκτοις τε καὶ ἀτελευτήτοις κακοῖς· «Ὃς γὰρ ἂν εἴπῃ λόγον κατὰ τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ· ὃς δ' ἂν εἴπῃ κατὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου, οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ, οὔτε ἐν τῷ νῦν αἰῶνι, οὔτε ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι.» Πνεῦμα λέγων τὴν ὑπὲρ σῶμα φύσιν, ὅπερ ἐστὶ Θεὸς, ᾧ τὴν γλῶτταν ἀχάλινον ὁ ἐπαφεῖναι τολμῶν, τοὺς τῆς ἀθυροστομίας ἐκθεριεῖ καρπούς. «Χείλη γὰρ ἄφρονος, ἄγουσιν αὐτὸν εἰς κακὰ, καθὼς γέγραπται. Τὸ στόμα δὲ αὐτοῦ τὸ θρασὺ θάνατον ἐπικαλεῖται.» Τοιγάρτοι καὶ ὁ θεσπέσιος ἔφασκε Μελῳδός·» Θοῦ, Κύριε, φυλακὴν τῷ στόματί μου, καὶ θύραν περιοχῆς περὶ τὰ χείλη μου· μὴ ἐκκλίνῃς τὴν καρδίαν μου εἰς λόγους πονηρίας.» Εἶεν δ' ἂν οὗτοι, κατὰ Θεοῦ καὶ τῆς ἀῤῥήτου καὶ ἀκηράτου φύσεως ἀνοσιωτάτη καταβοή.

{ΠΑΛΛ.} Δεῖ δὴ οὖν ἄρα διερηρεῖσθαι καλῶς, τοὺς ἰέναι μὲν ἀμωμήτως τὴν ἐπ' εὐθὺ σπουδάζοντας, Θεῷ δὲ προσκρούειν οὐκ ἀνεχομένους.

{ΚΥΡ.} Οὕτω φημί. Πρὸς γάρ τοι τοὺς προσιόντας Θεῷ μὴ ἐξ ὑγιοῦς καρδίας, ἀλλ' ὑπόπτου καὶ παρεφθαρμένης, καὶ ἀῤῥωστεῖν ἑλομένης τὸ ἄναλκί τε καὶ εὐκατάσειστον, ὁ προφήτης φησίν· «Ἕως πότε χωλανεῖτε ἐπ' ἀμφοτέραις ταῖς ἰγνύαις ὑμῶν, ἢ Βάαλ, Βάαλ, ἢ Θεῷ Θεῷ;» Τὸ γὰρ μήτε πρὸς πίστιν εἰσάπαν ὑγιὲς, μήτε μὴν εἰς πλάνησιν διαπεπῆχθαι φιλεῖν, ἐπ' ἄμφω τε χωλεύειν ἐστὶ, καὶ μὴν, τὸ ἐφ' ἑκατέρῳ καταφθείρει γνήσιον. Πρόφασις δὲ τῆς οὕτω σαθρᾶς καὶ εὐδιακλάστου γνώμης γένοιτ' ἂν, οἶμαι, τισὶ τὸ κατάπλαστον ποιεῖσθαι καὶ οὐκ ἀληθῆ τὴν εἰς Θεὸν ἀγάπησιν, καὶ ὑποκρίνεσθαι μὲν τὸ χριστιανίζειν βούλεσθαι, μὴ μὴν ἐξ ὅλης καρδίας τοῦτο δρᾷν, μήτε μὴν αἰδοῖ τῇ πρὸς τὸ ἀληθὲς ἀναπεπεισμένους καὶ τετιμηκότας τὸ ἔχον ὀρθῶς· ἀλλ' ἢ θηρωμένους

Gibeonite hypocrisy; whole love; Book 6 Amen§37

37what is according to pleasure for themselves, or a fear of danger, and a wild approach of ill-day, as it were bewitching, to seem to have come forward to the faith, in order that they may have many who have chosen to contend together, and to lend their own care. Yet a last care will be distributed to such ones, and the lot in the ones most especially cast down; and most dishonored and thrown-away and scarcely gaining the being counted worthy of life, they would be caught when God tests the things hidden in us—such as were those from Gibeon. For they once approached Joshua, and were very much begging to be made intimate with the people of God; yet they were not making the running-toward without evil-working, nor indeed simple and unadulterated, and as from love toward God, but in play-acting and deceit. And they escaped notice at the beginnings. But when being caught doing bitter things, and having been found out both ill-minded and many-judgmented, they were being set in the last things. For they have become both wood-cutters and water-carriers for all the Synagogue. Do you see then where the not-genuine will bring down, and the not having chosen to honor from a healthy understanding the spiritual intimacy toward holy ones. For sometimes some deceive—and I do not say the Christ who knows all, but rather those in his type, that is, those leading peoples. Just as indeed also those ones then brought Joshua into an image and under-type of Christ, and they drive in with deceit of shadowings, in depth of reasonings, and holding forward the play-acting of the wickedness unto mind; yet being condemned—for it is not possible to escape notice—they will be saved scarcely, having the slave-fitting and last portion; for of an unfree judgment, deceit is fruit. Yet we, for whom the aiming is to think healthily the things of God and the remaining things are unspelled, will cling to our own Master and God of the wholes, from a simple heart, from a right understanding, from a whole love, not enduring the double-souled to be sick, yet standing off altogether from Greek habits and thoughts, and going as farthest and very swiftly from the things having been condemned from law. For thus we will be perfect opposite the Lord God, according as it has been written, and bright, and well-approved with the other holy ones in Christ, through whom and with whom to the Father glory with Holy Spirit unto the ages of the ages. Amen.

Greek · §37

τὸ σφίσιν αὐτοῖς καθ' ἡδονὴν, ἢ κινδύνου φόβον, καὶ δυσημερίας ἀγρίαν ἔφοδον οἱονεὶ καταγοητεύοντας τῇ πίστει προσεληλυθέναι δοκεῖν, ἵνα πολλοὺς ἔχοιεν τοὺς συναθλεῖν ᾑρημένους, καὶ τὴν οἰκείαν δανείζειν φροντίδα. Ἀλλ' ἐσχάτη τοῖς τοιούτοις ἀπονεμηθήσεται φροντὶς, καὶ ἐν τοῖς ὅτι μάλιστα καταβεβλημένοις ὁ κλῆρος, ἀτιμότατοί τε καὶ ἀπεῤῥιμμένοι καὶ μόλις ἀποκερδαίνοντες τὸ ἀξιοῦσθαι ζωῆς, ἁλοῖεν ἂν Θεοῦ βασανίζοντος τὰ ἐν ἡμῖν κεκρυμμένα· ὁποῖοί τινες ἦσαν οἱ ἀπὸ Γαβαών. Προσκεχωρήκασι μὲν γὰρ τῷ Ἰησοῦ ποτε, καὶ τῷ λαῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ προσοικειοῦσθαι λίαν ἐξελιπάρουν· πλὴν οὐκ ἀκακουργὸν ἐποιοῦντο τὴν προσδρομὴν, οὔτε μὴν ἁπλῆν τε καὶ ἀκαπήλευτον, καὶ ὡς ἐξ ἀγάπης τῆς πρὸς Θεὸν, ἀλλ' ἐν ὑποκρίσει καὶ δόλῳ. Καὶ διέλαθον μὲν ἐν ἀρχαῖς. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ πικρὰ δρῶντες ἡλίσκοντο, καὶ κατεφωράθησαν κακόνοοί τε καὶ πολυγνώμονες, ἐν τοῖς ἐσχάτοις ἐτάττοντο. Γεγόνασι γὰρ ξυλοκόποι τε καὶ ὑδροφόροι πάσῃ τῇ Συναγωγῇ. Ὁρᾷς οὖν ὅποι κατακομιεῖ τὸ μὴ γνήσιον, καὶ τὸ μὴ ἑλέσθαι τιμᾷν ἐξ ὑγιοῦς διανοίας τὴν πρὸς ἁγίους οἰκειότητα πνευματικήν. Ἀπατῶσι μὲν γὰρ ἔσθ' ὅτε τινὲς, καὶ οὔτι πού φημι τὸν πάντα εἰδότα Χριστὸν, τοὺς ἐν τύπῳ δὲ μᾶλλον αὐτοῦ, τουτέστιν, τοὺς λαῶν ἡγουμένους. Καθάπερ ἀμέλει κἀκεῖνοι τότε τὸν Ἰησοῦν εἰς εἰκόνα καὶ ὑποτύπωσιν παρενεχθέντα Χριστοῦ, καὶ εἰσελαύνουσι μετὰ δόλου κατασκιασμάτων, ἐν βάθει διαλογισμῶν, καὶ τῆς εἰς νοῦν πονηρίας προϊσχόμενοι τὴν ὑπόκρισιν· καταγινωσκόμενοι δὲ, λαθεῖν γὰρ οὐκ ἔνι, σωθήσονται μόλις, μοῖραν ἔχοντες τὴν δουλοπρεπῆ καὶ ἐσχάτην· ἀνελευθέρου γὰρ γνώμης, ἀπάτη καρπός. Ἡμεῖς δὲ, οἷς τὸ φρονεῖν ὑγιῶς τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ σκοπὸς καὶ ἀποσπουδάζεται τὰ λοιπὰ, προσκεισόμεθα τῷ ἰδίῳ Δεσπότῃ καὶ Θεῷ τῶν ὅλων, ἐξ ἁπλῆς καρδίας, ἐκ διανοίας ὀρθῆς, ἐξ ὁλοτελοῦς ἀγάπης, ἀῤῥωστεῖν τὸ δίψυχον οὐκ ἀνεχομένης, ἀποφοιτώσης δὲ παντελῶς ἠθῶν καὶ φρονημάτων Ἑλληνικῶν, καὶ ἰούσης ὡς ἀπωτάτω καὶ μάλα γοργῶς τῶν ἐκ νόμου καταδεδικασμένων. Ἐσόμεθα γὰρ οὕτω τέλειοι ἐναντίον Κυρίου τοῦ Θεοῦ, κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον, καὶ λαμπροὶ, καὶ εὐδόκιμοι μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἁγίων ἐν Χριστῷ, δι' οὗ καὶ μεθ' οὗ τῷ Πατρὶ δόξα σὺν ἁγίῳ Πνεύματι εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Ἀμήν.

Contents ↑